14 Eyebrow-Raising Things Google Knows About You December 24 2016 | From: NetworkWorld
Some are fascinating, others are frightening - but here's how to find out what Google has on you. Google may know more about me than I know about myself.
I'm not just saying that, either: I recently started poking around in Google's personal data repositories and realized that, between my wide-reaching use of the company's services and my own brain's inability to remember anything for more than seven seconds, Google may actually have the upper hand when it comes to knowledge about my life.
From face-tagged photos of my past adventures (what year did I go to Nashville, again - and who went with me to that Eddie Vedder show?) to the minute-by-minute play-by-play of my not-so-adventuresome days (wait, you mean I really only left the house once last Wednesday - and just to get a freakin' sandwich?!), Google's got all sorts of goods on me.
Heck, even my hopes and dreams (which may or may not involve sandwiches) are probably catalogued somewhere in its systems. And the data itself is only half the story: Google also compiles oodles of stats - stats that, for better and for worse, shed light onto the tech-connected habits of our modern lives. And don't doubt Apple does the exact same things either.
How many emails have you actually sent over the years, for instance, and how many thousands of web pages have you pulled up in your browser? It really is enlightening, among other things, to see your actions broken down so precisely.
And remember, too, that all this data collection is completely optional - and very much a tradeoff: By agreeing to let Google store and use your data, you're getting access to an ever-expanding array of futuristic features at no monetary cost.
But the decision is ultimately in your hands. To learn more about how Google uses specific types of data and how you can opt out of any or all areas of collection, see the "Opting out and taking control" section at the end of this story.
All of that being said, here are some of the more amusing - and maybe slightly surprising - things you might find about yourself by prodding the right parts of Google's noggin. How many of these items actually apply to you depends on which Google services you use and how exactly you use them.
To wit: Android users who take advantage of built-in features such as voice commands, location history and photo backups will almost certainly have more data tracked by Google than non-Android users.
But anyone who regularly uses Gmail, Google search, Google Maps, YouTube, Chrome and/or other Google services from any mobile device or computer will likely find at least some interesting nuggets from the following list.
1. A full history of your voice commands with any Google product - including actual audio recordings
Everything you've ever said to Google, in one convenient place. OK, Google: Remind me how silly I sound when talking to my phone (you know, when it seems like no one else is listening). If you use voice commands on Android or any other Google product (for instance, voice searches in the Google iOS app when you're logged in with your Google account), head to the "Voice & Audio" section of Google's My Activity site to see and hear a comprehensive list of everything you've ever said to that inanimate object in your pocket.
And yes, your voice really does sound like that.
2. An objective breakdown of your real BFFs (according to Google)
Data doesn't lie. Discover whom among your Google contacts you interact with the most by clicking the "Contacts" header on Google's account dashboard. Just be prepared to make up excuses if your significant other doesn't make the "Frequently contacted" list.
3. How much stuff Chrome has saved about you
Your browsing habits, broken down into indisputable numbers.
If you use the Chrome browser and typically stay signed into it, check out your account's Chrome Sync settings page to see all sorts of brag- and/or shame-worthy stats about your personal browsing habits - things like how many bookmarks you've saved, how many tabs you have open across different devices and how many websites you've typed into Chrome's address bar (since last resetting your browser's history).
Free cookie* if you guess within five points of any of your values. * A free browser cookie, that is. C'mon - what did you expect?
4. How many Gmail conversations you've had
Provided you use Gmail's archiving system instead of permanently deleting messages, you may be in for a shock: Click the aptly named "Gmail" header in Google's account dashboard, and get ready to see why your days always seem so short.
Case in point: I have 145,810 message threads in my Gmail account -- with just over 28,000 sent messages. Let me repeat that: Twenty-eight thousand sent messages. No wonder I never get anything accomplished.
File this one under "Cool Yet Creepy": Google Maps' Timeline feature contains a detailed diary of your every move -- down to the minute.
No exaggeration: If you carry an Android phone and have opted into location history, the site will show you where you were every moment of every day. And if you really want to weird yourself out, open Timeline from a desktop and click the year tab in the upper-left corner of the screen. Select "All Time," then click the red box in the lower-left corner to see an ordered list of your most visited places.
(My top four are currently my house, Target, the grocery and Barnes & Noble. What can I say? It's a wild and crazy life I lead.)
6. A full list of everything you've done from any Android device
Your smartphone is a fantastic tool for productivity-enhancing tasks like word processing, spreadsheet creation, and... oh, who the hell are we kidding? You're using the thing for mindless web browsing and meaningless game-playing, just like everyone else.You can see a detailed log of activity on your Android devices at Google's My Activity site.
Find out for sure what you're doing on your Android devices - or what someone else is doing on them, if colleagues or kiddos ever get their hands on your phone - by opening Google's My Activity site. Select the option to "Filter by date & product," then select "Android" and click the blue search icon.
Just don't let your boss see that you spent all of Tuesday's meeting "working" on Words With Friends.
7. A comprehensive collection of every site you've visited in Chrome - on any device
These days, Chrome isn't just a desktop browser - and if you're using the program from a phone or tablet as well as a regular computer, you're bound to have quite the collective history.
See where you've been on the web (while signed in to Chrome) by opening Google's My Activity page and checking "Chrome" in the filter list. You can search for specific keywords and even filter further by date -- a useful tool if you ever need to find a site you pulled up somewhere but can't quite remember.
If you're not seeing your Chrome history on the My Activity page, go to the Activity controls and make sure the Web & App Activity toggle is on and the "Include Chrome browsing history and activity from websites and apps that use Google services" box is checked. (Also make sure that you're signed into Chrome on your various devices.) Your Chrome activity will be tracked from this point forward.
As for the sites you'd rather not have recorded - well, amigos, let's just say that Incognito mode is your friend.
8. Exactly how many Google searches you've made this month
First and foremost, Google is a search engine -- so how much are you Googling? Get the skinny by scrolling down to the "Search History" header in Google's account dashboard.
Click the header to see precisely how many times you've called upon Google's knowledge from any device while signed into your Google account in the past month -- along with a breakdown of your most common search types and some of your most frequently used queries. (Again: Incognito mode. Never forget.)
9. A running count of how many Android devices you've had connected to your account over the years
Think you've been through a lot of phones and mobile devices? Calculate your official Android Geek Quotient score by pulling up Google's account dashboard and looking for the "Android" header. The big green number beneath it will tell you how many Android products have ever been associated with your account. (Hopefully yours isn't as high as my almost-silly-seeming score of 78.)
You can get more detailed info on all the devices, too -- including when each product was last used and a list of all the apps it has backed up to Google's servers -- by clicking the header. And a quick tip: If you want to get old, inactive devices out of your hair, head to the Play Store settings page and uncheck the "Show in menus" option next to any phones or tablets that are no longer relevant.
10. A running count of how many Android apps you've ever installed
Your Android app stats can be both enlightening and alarming. Trying out new apps is a great way to keep your mobile tech feeling fresh -- to a certain point, anyway. See if you've crossed the line from adventurous to ridiculous by finding the "Play Store" header on Google's account dashboard.
If you manage to top my current total of 1,191 apps, seek immediate help.
11. Some stats on your invite-accepting habits
Are you a person who tends to accept event invitations? Or do you say "no" more often than "yes"? If you're a Google Calendar user who frequently interacts with other Google Calendar users, you can find out by clicking the "Calendar" header at Google's account dashboard. That'll give you a breakdown of your accepting-vs.-rejecting activity over the past month, including a handy pie chart to illustrate your temperament in visual form. Hey, at least there's no line graph on the lameness of your excuses.
12. How many images you've stored with Google Photos
I don't know about you, but I tend to take way too many pictures -- mostly of my 22-month-old daughter (and occasionally of those damn squirrels that always run through my backyard and taunt me with their superior short-term memories).
Thankfully, Google Photos makes it simple for me to store all these images and access them anywhere -- and also to see at a glance just how absurdly large my personal photo collection has gotten. To get the lowdown on your own virtual photo box, mosey down to the "Photos" header in Google's account dashboard. And be sure to take a mental snapshot of the result.
13. A full list of all your activity in the Google Play Store
Everything you've ever searched for in the Play Store, in one centralized place.
Have you ever looked at or searched for something in the Play Store -- then tried to find it again later, only to realize your memory was worse than your friendly neighborhood squirrel's? I know I have.
So use my trick: The next time you find yourself wishing for a time machine, just scamper over to Google's My Activity page. Filter the results to "Play," and voila: You'll find a full list of every item you've viewed and every Play Store search you've made while signed into your Google account. Now if only this thing had a way to tell me where I buried my acorn the other day...
14. How many YouTube videos you've watched this month
We've all been there: You're in the middle of something extremely productive (naturally) when a single YouTube link happens to catch your eye. Watching one video seems harmless enough, right?
But then the inevitable happens: One video turns to two. Wait, what's that in the "Related" section - a clip of a bird whistling the melody to Guns N' Roses' "Patience"? Click. Watch. Repeat. Before you know it, you're 19 videos in, and the afternoon is over.
Discover just how much YouTube time-whittlin' you've done in the last month (while logged into your Google account) by visiting Google's account dashboard and clicking the "YouTube" header. And for the love of Goog, if your monthly tally is over 200, think long and hard before clicking that next cat-dancing clip.
Opting out and taking control
Want to turn off specific types of data collection or delete existing info from your Google account history? The Google privacy site is the best place to start; there, Google provides detailed information about how each type of data is used along with links to opt out of any specific areas. You can also visit Google's Activity controls page for a simple single-page list of on-off toggles.
If you're looking to clean up your history for anything that Google has been tracking, head to the My Activity site.
You can delete any individual item right then and there by clicking the three-dot icon in its upper-right corner and choosing Delete, or click the "Delete activity by" link in the left column for an easy way to erase info based on date and/or product.
Data collection controls can be also found on an Android device by opening the main system settings and selecting Google (or, if you're on an older device, looking for the standalone Google Settings app) and then tapping "Personal info & privacy."
Top Doctors Reveal Vaccines Turn Our Immune System Against Us + Study Pulled From Publication After Proving Truth Of Vaccinated Versus Unvaccinated Children December 24 2016 | From: NaturalBlaze/ NaturalNews
The research is hard to ignore, vaccines can trigger autoimmunity with a laundry list of diseases to follow. With harmful and toxic metals as some vaccine ingredients, who is susceptible and which individuals are more at risk?
No one would accuse Yehuda Shoenfeld of being a quack. The Israeli clinician has spent more than three decades studying the human immune system and is at the pinnacle of his profession.
You might say he is more foundation than fringe in his specialty; he wrote the textbooks. The Mosaic of Autoimmunity, Autoantibodies, Diagnostic Criteria in Autoimmune Diseases, Infection and Autoimmunity, Cancer and Autoimmunity – the list is 25 titles long and some of them are cornerstones of clinical practice.
Hardly surprising that Shoenfeld has been called the “Godfather of Autoimmunology” – the study of the immune system turned on itself in a wide array of diseases from type 1 diabetes to ulcerative colitis and multiple sclerosis.
But something strange is happening in the world of immunology lately and a small evidence of it is that the Godfather of Autoimmunology is pointing to vaccines - specifically, some of their ingredients including the toxic metal aluminum – as a significant contributor to the growing global epidemic of autoimmune diseases.
The bigger evidence is a huge body of research that’s poured in in the past 15 years, and particularly in the past five years. Take for example, a recent article published in the journal Pharmacological Research in which Shoenfeld and colleagues issue unprecedented guidelines naming four categories of people who are most at risk for vaccine-induced autoimmunity.
“On one hand,” vaccines prevent infections which can trigger autoimmunity, say the paper’s authors, Alessandra Soriano, of the Department of Clinical Medicine and Rheumatology at the Campus Bio-Medico University in Rome, Gideon Nesher, of the Hebrew University Medical School in Jerusalem and Shoenfeld, founder and head of the Zabludowicz Center of Autoimmune Diseases in the Sheba Medical Center at Tel Hashomer.
He is also editor of three medical journals and author of more than 1,500 research papers across the spectrum of medical journalism and founder of the International Congress on Autoimmunology.
Defined autoimmune diseases that may occur following vaccinations include arthritis, lupus (systemic lupus erythematosus, SLE) diabetes mellitus, thrombocytopenia, vasculitis, dermatomyosiositis, Guillain-Barre syndrome and demyelinating disorders. Almost all types of vaccines have been reported to be associated with the onset of ASIA.”
ASIA – or Autoimmune/inflammatory Syndrome Induced by Adjuvants (also known as Shoenfeld’s syndrome) - first appeared in the Journal of Autoimmunology four years ago.
It is an umbrella term for a collection of similar symptoms, including Chronic Fatigue Syndrome, that result after exposure to an adjuvant – an environmental agent including common vaccine ingredients that stimulate the immune system.
Since then an enormous body of research, using ASIA as a paradigm, has begun to unravel the mystery of how environmental toxins, particularly the metal aluminum used in vaccines, can trigger an immune system chain reaction in susceptible individuals and may lead to overt autoimmune disease.
Autoimmune disease results when the body’s system meant to attack foreign invaders turns instead to attack part of the body it belongs to (auto is Greek for self). If the immune system is like a national defence system, antibodies are like drones programmed to recognize a certain type of invader (a bacteria say) and to destroy them or mark them for destruction by other special forces.
Autoantibodies are like drones that are misidentifying a component of the human body and have launched a sustained attack on it. If they mistakenly target a component of the conductive sheath around neurons, for example, nerve impulses stop conducting properly, muscles go into spasm and coordination fails; multiple sclerosis results.
If autoantibodies erroneously focus on joint tissue; rheumatoid arthritis results. If they target the islets of Langerhans in the pancreas, Type 1 diabetes, and so on
“Throughout our lifetime the normal immune system walks a fine line between preserving normal immune reactions and developing autoimmune diseases,” says the paper.
“The healthy immune system is tolerant to self-antigens. When self-tolerance is disturbed, dysregulation of the immune system follows, resulting in emergence of an autoimmune disease. Vaccination is one of the conditions that may disturb this homeostasis in susceptible individuals, resulting in autoimmune phenomena and ASIA.”
Who is “susceptible” is the subject of the paper entitled, “Predicting post-vaccination autoimmunity: Who might be at risk?” It lists four categories of people:
1. Those who have had a previous autoimmune reaction to a vaccine
2. Anyone with a medical history of autoimmunity
3. Patients with a history of allergic reactions
4. Anyone at high risk of developing autoimmune disease including anyone with a family history of autoimmunity, presence of autoantibodies which are detectable by blood tests and other factors including low vitamin D and smoking.
Regarding those who have had a previous adverse reaction to vaccines, the paper cites five relevant studies including the case of a death of a teenage girl six months following her third Gardasil injection against HPV virus.
She had experienced a range of symptoms shortly after her first dose, including dizziness, numbness and tingling in her hands, and memory lapses. After her second injection, she developed “intermittent arm weakness, frequent tiredness requiring daytime naps,” worse tingling, night sweats, chest pain and palpitations.
A full autopsy was unrevealing but blood and spleen tissue analysis revealed HPV-16 L1 gene DNA fragments - matching the DNA found in vials of the Gardasil vaccine against cervical cancer - “thus implicating the vaccine as a causal factor.”
The DNA fragments had also been found to be “complexed with the aluminum adjuvant” which, according to the report, have been shown to persist for up to 8 to 10 years causing chronic immune system stimulation.
“Although data is limited,” Shoenfeld and his colleagues concluded, “it seems preferable that individuals with prior autoimmune or autoimmune-like reactions to vaccinations, should not be immunized, at least not with the same type of vaccine.”
Established Autoimmune Condition
The second group which the paper cites for vaccine exemption is patients with “established autoimmune conditions.” Vaccines don’t work so well in them, say Shoenfeld and his colleagues, and they are at “risk for flares following vaccination.”
Inoculations that contain live viruses including chickenpox, yellow fever and the measles, mumps and rubella triple vaccine (MMR) are “generally contraindicated” for people with autoimmune conditions because of the risk of “uncontrolled viral replication.” But inactivated vaccines are not such a good idea either because they usually contain the added ingredient aluminum, linked to autoimmunity.
The immunologists describe recent studies in which patients with autoimmune rheumatic disease given the influenza vaccine (without aluminum) suffered more joint pain and fever than controls and whose levels of autoantibodies (the drones that attack self) increased after receiving the flu vaccine.
What’s more, they developed new types of autoantibodies that weren’t present before the vaccines, and those persisted. As the presence of autoantibodies can be predictive of developing autoimmune disease in patients without symptoms, even years ahead of disease onset, this is troubling to those who understand immunology.
A number of studies claim vaccines are safe for the “overwhelming majority of patients with established autoimmune diseases,” the study allows, but they only looked at rheumatoid arthritis and lupus and not at severe and active cases so “the potential benefit of vaccination should be weighed against its potential risk,” they cautioned.
Patients With a History of Allergy
Vaccine trials have usually excluded “vulnerable” individuals - only extremely healthy individuals with no allergies are recruited. It’s a “selection bias,” say Soriano and Shoenfeld, and has likely resulted in serious adverse events being “considerably underestimated” in “real life where vaccines are mandated to all individuals regardless of their susceptibility.”
The true incidence of allergic reactions to vaccines, normally estimated at between one in 50,000 to one in a million doses, is probably much higher and particularly where gelatin or egg proteins are on the ingredients list, they say.
There’s a long list of vaccine ingredients that are potential allergens: besides the infectious agents themselves, there are those from hen’s egg, horse serum, baker’s yeast, numerous antibiotics, formaldehyde and lactose, as well “inadvertent” ingredients such as latex.
People’s allergic histories have to be taken before vaccination say the researchers. But some signs of reaction don’t show up until after the shot.
The public health nurse or GP might tell patients that a long-lasting swelling around the injection site after a vaccine is a normal reaction, for example. But that is not what the immunologists say. “[A]luminum sensitization manifests as nodules [hard lumps] at the injection site that often regress after weeks or months, but may persist for years.” In such cases, they say, a patch test can be done to confirm sensitivity and to avoid vaccination.
According to a growing body of research, though, allergy may be only the beginning of many dangerous aluminum-induced phenomena.
The Trouble With Aluminium
Aluminum has been added to vaccines since about 1926 when Alexander Glenny and colleagues noticed it would produce better antibody responses in vaccines than the antigen alone. Glenny figured the alum was inducing what he called a “depot effect” – slowing the release of the antigen and heightening the immune response.
For 60 years his theory was accepted dogma. And over the same time, the vaccine schedule grew decade on decade, but few ever questioned the effects of injecting aluminum into the body, which is strange considering its known toxicity.
A PubMed search on aluminum and “toxicity” turns up 4,258 entries. Its neurotoxicity is well documented. It affects memory, cognition, psychomotor control; it damages the blood brain barrier, activates brain inflammation, depresses mitochondrial function and plenty of research suggests it is a key player in the formation of the amyloid “plaques” and tangles in the brains of Alzheimer’s patients.
When kidney dialysis patients were accidentally infused with aluminum, the “dialysis-induced encephalopathy” (DAE) they developed neurological symptoms: speech abnormalities, tremors, memory loss, impaired concentration and behavioural changes. Many of the patients eventually went into comas and died. The lucky ones survived: when the source of toxicity, aluminum, was removed from their dialysis they recovered rapidly.
With these new observations, researchers began investigating the adjuvant effects of aluminum and in the past decade there has been a flurry of research. Far from being a sandbag that holds the antigen for a while and then gets excreted, it turns out that aluminum salts trigger a storm of defence action.
Vaccines: A Violation of Human Rights
The video below is a rational discussion about vaccines with Christina Hildebrand, President of A Voice For Choice, Inc. where she explains why mandatory vaccines are a violation of your human rights and how they are potentially dangerous to you or your child's health.
Christina is passionate about ensuring people know what they are putting into their bodies - be it food, air, water or medications. For the past 12 years, Christina has spent many thousands of hours researching and sharing her knowledge within her local community.
However, with the growth of the Big Ag and Big pHARMa's influences on US politics, Christina realized that she needed to take this to a different level and educate the masses on their right to informed choice and transparency of what goes into their bodies.
Within hours of injection of the same aluminum oxyhydroxide in vaccines into mice, for example, armies of specialized immune cells are on the move, calling in grid coordinates for more specialist assault forces. Within a day, a whole host of immune system commandos are in play - neutrophils, eosinophils, inflammatory monocytes, myeloid and dendritic cells, activating lymphocytes and secreting proteins called cytokines.
The cytokines themselves cause collateral damage but they send out signals, directing cell-to-cell communication and recruiting other cells into action. If the next phase of the attack is launched: fibroblast growth factor, interferons, interleukins, platelet derived growth factor, transforming growth factor and tumour necrosis factor might all be engaged.
There’s evidence that poorly understood and pesky inflammasomes, (currently a topic of cutting- edge cancer causation research) such as the Nod-like receptor 3( NLRP) are activated too, but it’s all still too early to say exactly what they’re doing.
New research emerging from University of British Columbia has found that aluminum adjuvant injected into mice can alter the expression of genes associated with autoimmunity.
And in their recent study published in the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, immunologists at the University of Colorado found that even host DNA is recruited into the aluminum assault, that it rapidly coats injected alum, triggering effects that scientists have barely scratched the surface of understanding.
The Significance of Macrophagic Myofasciitis
This mobility or “translocation” of aluminum in the body is perhaps the most disturbing of the mounting evidence in current aluminum research. In 1998, French researcher Romain Gherardi and his colleagues observed an emerging condition of unknown origin which presented in patients post-vaccination with Chronic Fatigue like symptoms including swollen lymph nodes, joint and muscle pain and exhaustion.
Tissue biopsies of the patients’ deltoid revealed lesions up to 1 cm in diameter and unique from similar lesions of other diseases. They went to the lab for analysis and to Gherardi’s astonishment, they mainly consisted of macrophages – large white blood cells in the immune system whose job is to swallow up foreign invaders in the body. Enclosed in the cellular fluid of these phagocytes were agglomerates of nanocrystals of aluminum.
Gherardi and his colleagues began injecting mice with aluminum to see what happened. Their research published in 2013 revealed that the metal particles were engulfed by macrophages and formed MMF-like granulomas that dispersed — to distant lymph nodes, spleen, liver and eventually brain.
“This strongly suggests that long-term adjuvant biopersistence within phagocytic cells is a prerequisite of slow brain translocation and delayed neurotoxicity,” writes Gherardi in his February 2015 review of the relevant research in Frontiers in Neurology.
A more frightening animal study of aluminum is that of Spanish veterinary researcher Lluis Lujan’s study of ovine ASIA.
After huge numbers of sheep in Spain died in 2008 in the wake of a compulsory multiple vaccine campaign against bluetongue in Spain in 2008, Lujan set out to find out what killed them – and he began by inoculating them with aluminum.
His 2013 study found that only 0.5% of sheep inoculated with aluminum vaccines showed immediate reactions of lethargy, transient blindness, stupor, prostration and seizures –
“Characterized by a severe meningoencephalitis, similar to postvaccine reactions seen in humans.”
Most of them recovered, temporarily, but postmortem exams of the ones who didn’t revealed acute brain inflammation.
The delayed onset “chronic” phase of the disease affected far more of the sheep - 50-70% of flocks and sometimes virtually 100% of animals within a given flock, usually including all of those who had previously recovered.
The reaction was frequently triggered by exposure to cold and began with restlessness and compulsive wool-biting, then progressed to acute redness of the skin, generalized weakness, extreme weight loss and muscle tremors, and finally, entered the terminal phase where the animals went down on their front quarters, became comatose and died.
Post-mortem examinations revealed “severe neuron necrosis” and aluminum in the nerve tissue.
The immune system’s reaction to aluminum “represents a major health challenge,” Gerhardi declares in his recent review, and he adds that;
“Attempts to seriously examine safety concerns raised by the bio-persistent character and brain accumulation of alum particles have not been made… A lot must be done to understand how, in certain individuals, alum-containing vaccines may become insidiously unsafe.”
Back to the problem of which “certain individuals” should avoid vaccination to avoid autoimmune disease.
People Prone to Develop Autoimmunity
Soriano and Shoenfeld’s identify a final category: anyone at risk of developing autoimmune disease. Since a number of them have been shown to have genetic factors that would include anyone with a family history of autoimmune disease.
It also includes anyone who has tested positive for autoantibodies which can indicate disease years before symptoms show up. Vaccinations, the doctors say, “may trigger or worsen the disease.”
Smokers too, have an exceptionally high risk of developing an autoimmune disease, says the report. The American Cancer Society estimates that about 18% of Americans smoke. That means about 42 million Americans have an elevated risk of developing an autoimmune disease and they’re stacking the odds with every vaccine.
And finally, factors that Shoenfeld and Soriano associate with high risk of developing autoimmunity are high estrogen and low vitamin D - which means anyone taking birth control or hormone replacement therapy and, according to one 2009 study of vitamin D status, about three quarters of American teens and adults should be wary of vaccines.
Shoenfeld doesn’t seem to mean to exclude all of these people from immunization, however. The paper concludes that “for the overwhelming majority of individuals, vaccines carry no risk of systemic autoimmune disease and should be administered according to current recommendations.”
Which is in stark contrast to the body of the paper. The final word is cautionary about weighing the “potential benefit of vaccination…against its potential risk.”
It’s exemplary of a strange sort of schizophrenia in a wide range of recent immunology papers. The doctors seem to be trying to reconcile a century of “safe and effective” vaccine dogma with the last decade’s worth of terrifying research findings. There’s a lot of “on the one hand” and “on the other hand” in them.
The new research seems about to gain the upper hand, however. A 2013 overview of ASIA by six immunologists including Shoenfeld, for example, is a catalogue of vaccine side effects from Gardasil deaths, narcolepsy epidemics, infertility, chronic fatigue, dead sheep and aluminum-addled brains. It is rife with statements that would have been virtually unheard of inside mainstream medicine a decade ago. Like this shocker:
“Perhaps, in twenty years, physicians will be dueling with better characterized particles of autoimmunity, and the vaccines may become fully safe as well as effective.
Nonetheless the recognition of ASIA has initiated the change to put more efforts in identifying the good, the bad and the ugly of vaccines and in particular of adjuvants as triggers of autoimmunity.”
Bad and ugly of vaccines? What’s wrong with the adjuvants? That’s not in the CDC hand-out.
Or How About This One:
“Despite the huge amount of money invested in studying vaccines, there are few observational studies and virtually no randomized clinical trials documenting the effect on mortality of any of the existing vaccines.
One recent paper found an increased hospitalization rate with the increase of the number of vaccine doses and a mortality rate ratio for 5-8 vaccine doses to 1-4 doses of 1.5, indicating a statistically significant increase of deaths associated with higher vaccine doses.
Since vaccines are given to millions of infants annually, it is imperative that health authorities have scientific data from synergistic toxicity studies on all combinations of vaccines…”
That could be any anti-vaxxer jabbering on…but it’s not.
But Here is the Topper:
“The US Supreme Court ruled that vaccines makers are immune from lawsuits charging that the design of the vaccine is defective. Thus there is need for innovative clinical trial design and the vaccines themselves should be redesigned.”
Immunologists including the world’s leading authority on autoimmunity are saying it is time to take vaccines back to the drawing board.
The American Autoimmune Related Diseases Association estimates that 50 million Americans suffer from one of 88 autoimmune diseases - from type 1 diabetes to systemic lupus erythematosus - and some research puts the figure at one in five globally.
At least 40 more diseases are suspected to be immune-mediated. Most of them are devastating - frequently crippling, expensive to treat and incurable. And they are increasing at an astonishing pace.
At this stage, it looks like the more the research pours in, the harder it is going to get for pro-vaccine immunologists to keep multiple personality disorder – or complete nervous breakdown - at bay. Ten years of cutting edge research into aluminum’s effects on the immune system has revealed primarily how wrong they were.
And how little they know. If, after 90 years, doctors finally have begun to seriously examine the mechanism and question the merits of injecting metal toxins into newborn babies, what have they yet to discover? ASIA sounds awful. (Too bad for all the people whose kids suffered through chronic fatigue when it was just a Freudian yearning to sleep with their mother.)
But what if, like Lujan’s sheep, the “negligible” minority that has been paying the price for the good of humanity is actually only the tip of the iceberg? What if some people with no apparent adverse immune reactions still have nanocrystals of aluminum silently depositing in their brains? What if ASIA really includes Alzheimer’s? ALS, autism? ADD? And that’s just the A’s.
Even if immunologists keep wearing their rose coloured glasses, and vaccine ingredients are only responsible for a tiny fraction of the exploding autoimmunity, the “ugly” in vaccines will still get harder and harder to ignore.
When everyone on the planet is getting injected, 20 years is a long time for disabled people to stack up while scientists “duel with the characterized particles of autoimmunity.”
In the fury over the Disneyland measles outbreak that is gripping the world’s vaccine promoters, time is running out for doctors and researchers who see the “bad and ugly” side of vaccines and their adjuvants to do something about it.
There’s slim chance of a vaccine redesign in the absence of a profit incentive and a strong chance of universal vaccine mandates for one and all - previous anaphylactic shock reaction or not.
Study Pulled From Publication After Proving Truth Of Vaccinated Versus Unvaccinated Children
The censorship of science is nothing new. In Canada, for instance, there were serious concerns about the federal government’s increasingly strict regulations that prevented scientists from sharing their findings with the public.
Censorship, on the whole, is a persistently under-acknowledged problem in our society. The election of Donald Trump certainly showcased the fact that the mainstream media only portrays the narratives they want us to see.
In the latest instance of scientific censorship, an article from a scientific journal was “unpublished,” but only after vaccine enthusiasts proclaimed that it needed to be removed. The study, you see, examined the differences in health outcomes between vaccinated and unvaccinated children.
The study’s results indicated that:
“Vaccinated children were significantly less likely than the unvaccinated to have been diagnosed with chickenpox and pertussis, but significantly more likely to have been diagnosed with pneumonia, otitis media, allergies and NDDs (defined as Autism Spectrum Disorder, Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder, and/or a learning disability).”
From the mothers’ reports, the researchers found that vaccinated children were more likely to have allergies and neurodevelopmental disorders (NDDs). The team noted that even after controlling for other factors, vaccination remained significantly associated with the presence of an NDD.
VaxXed Stories: Social Engineering of Medical Professionals
Dr. Suzanne Humphries attends a meeting called "Confronting Vaccine Resistance: Strategies For Success" at NYU Langone Medical Center in New York, New York on November 21, 2016.
This meetings speakers were Senator Richard Pan, Dr. Paul Offit and Dorit Rubenstein Reiss. Afterwards she comes out to the VaxXed Bus to share what happened. Camera and editing by Joshua Coleman.
Indeed, those that were vaccinated were three times more likely to be diagnosed with an NDD such as autism. The combination of preterm birth and vaccination produced an even higher risk of NDD, increasing the chances of it by more than six-fold.
In the abstract, the researchers wrote in their conclusion;
“In this study based on mothers’ reports, the vaccinated had a higher rate of allergies and NDD than the unvaccinated. Vaccination, but not preterm birth, remained significantly associated with NDD after controlling for other factors.
However, preterm birth combined with vaccination was associated with an apparent synergistic increase in the odds of NDD. Further research involving larger, independent samples is needed to verify and understand these unexpected findings in order to optimize the impact of vaccines on children’s health.”
Baxter Dmitry from Investment Watch Blog notes that the study was “unpublished” from the journal Frontiers In Public Health. Normally, one can still view the cached version in internet archives.
But Baxter says this too was removed, noting that “a cached version available on internet archives has also been removed, suggesting there is a serious campaign to stop members of the public from viewing the study.”
Fortunately, a screenshot of the study was saved before the whole thing was scrubbed off the internet for good.
Prior to being removed from the internet, the study was subjected to massive amounts of scrutiny; apparently in this instance, the use of surveys – which are widely used for data gathering – somehow invites “bias.”
Some of the colorful public comments included;
“This study is of poor design, though not impossible results. Study relies of self-report of moms, inducing bias,” and, “Another garbage vaccine study in Frontiers journal. Scientists, stop reviewing/publishing there.”
This, of course, is not the first time that a study that showcased the potential ill effects of vaccines has been pulled from the internet. In February, the journal Vaccine temporarily removed, and eventually retracted, a study that linked the HPV vaccine to behavioral issues in mice.
Publishing research that contains information that conflicts with the mainstream narrative continues to prove to be a quick and easy way to find yourself blacklisted and censored by conventional media. This just underscores the importance of independent research and alternative media outlets.
10 More Signs That The Global Elite’s Ship Is Sinking + Viral Image Shows Why The Global Elite Are Panicking - Former U.S. VP To Media ‘We Don’t Need You Guys Anymore’ December 23 2016 | From: WakingTimes/ IUV / Various
Times are continuing to shift in a big way and humanity’s rise over the darkness that has plagued our planet for a very long time is gathering momentum by the day.
Truth prevails though and we are seeing the old world order crumble. 2017 is sure to be an exciting year. Continue to dream big.
1. June 23rd, 2016: Britain votes to leave the European Union. While some are choosing to see this as an extremist act whose focus was on securing the border from immigrants, there is a much bigger picture to that event.
While it must be said that the immigration issue is in the minds of some who were pro-Brexit (and thus needs to be humanely and compassionately addressed), the bigger issue was that Britain reclaimed it’s sovereignty back from the imperialistic banking and political cabal.
As it has been reported in The Telegraph, a mainstream media outlet in the UK, the CIA and the U.S. State Department have been heavily involved in the creation of the European Union from the very beginning.
2.July 22nd, 2016: Wikileaks releases over 20,000 emails from the Democratic National Convention and shows the deep collusion between the Clinton Campaign and the DNC itself. These revelations ultimately helped force the resignations of the top 4 positions within the DNC.
These are highly significant in the fact that it is admitted by Mitchell that such technologies do exist and that even the Vatican knows of them.
Once these technologies are known about on an even wider scale, the lies and corruption of the oil industry will fall apart and humanity can then reclaim it’s freedom.
4. October 10th, 2016: Turkey defies the banking cabal and signs the Turkish Stream gas pipeline deal with Russia. Because Russia is in opposition to the cabal, or NWO, as some would prefer, this is a massive financial and geopolitical game-changer.
5. October 20th, 2016: The Philippines president Rodrigo Duterte visits China with 200 Filipino businessmen to mend ties with China. He also announces his separation from the U.S. (which is a blow to the cabal) and seeks an alliance with not only China, but Russia too. The BRICS Alliance continues to grow.
6.October 30th, 2016:Iceland’s Prime Minister steps down as the activist, anti-establishment party, known as The Pirate Party, comes in second in national elections and jumps it’s number of parliament seats from 3 to 10.
As more people around the world herald the call for true freedom, political parties reflecting such ideals will continue to prevail. The Pirate Party is in over 40 countries around the world currently, and the movement continues to grow.
7. November 4th, 2016: Wikileaks emails reveal the Podesta brothers were invited to a “spirit cooking dinner” and involved eating sperm and menstrual blood. While some surely laughed this off, keep in mind that former FBI special agent Ted Gunderson spent several years investigating and exposing this information to the public, before being murdered.
We must also keep in mind that former BBC star Jimmy Savile was revealed to being involved in a massive, elite-ridden pedophile ring.
The pedophilia and ritualistic claims against many of the elites is well known around the world and is a very serious issue. The fact that even a small bit of this came out in the Wikileaks revelations is significant and a sign of the times. So much more is coming.
8.November 8th, 2016: It was revealed by Neil Keenan that several globalists/cabalists, including Mark Carney of the Bank of England, Janet Yellen of the Federal Reserve, the Rothschilds, Malaysian Prime Minister Najib Razak and others were involved in a deal to steal 1 million metric tons of Gold from the global collateral accounts.
As of this writing, the deal has been stopped and it very beneficial to humanity.
9. November 13th, 2016: The European countries of Moldova and Bulgaria elect new presidents, both of whom are pro-Russia. This is yet another major setback for the globalists plans of creating a superstate out of Europe. Watch for even more countries to begin aligning with Russia.
10. November 15th, 2016: More than 200 rallies around the U.S. take place to protest the North Dakota pipeline that is being attempted to form.
The world is continuing to awaken and sees the lunacy of oil and gas for energy. Clean solutions already exist.
What are some other stories that you believe are signs that the elite’s ship is sinking? Some believe that the election of Donald Trump is a sign.
Further signs are the recent resignations of Cabal-placed heads of state, namely the resignation of the Prime Minister of New Zealand, the Prime Minister of Italy and the President of France - all three of which announced their intention to resign their positions withinn the same 24 hour period.
Viral Image Shows Why The Global Elite Are Panicking - Former U.S. VP To Media ‘We Don’t Need You Guys Anymore’
There is a direct correlation between populism growing across the globe, replacing the global “elite” one by one, and the fall of the mainstream media. The media has not become irrelevant because the globalists are falling, but rather the global elite are falling because the media has become irrelevant.
That is a very important distinction and a lesson learned in 2016 that must not ever be forgotten.
Populism is described as “a political doctrine that stems from a viewpoint of struggle between the populace and a ruling faction.” Nationalism on the other hand is defined as “patriotic feeling, principles, or efforts.”
Globalism is the exact opposite of both. Globalists believe what is best for the “international community,” should override what is best for individual countries, basically sacrificing the welfare of a nation’s populace to benefit the “international community” as a whole.
Angela Merkel, who has suffered some major losses herself in Germany.
Camerion, Obama, Merkel, Hollande, Renzi at G5 Summit
The image above, minus the X marks on their heads, has been going viral on social media, with messages like “Three pro-EU globalists down, one more pro-EU globalist to go,” and “four down, Merkel to go”, according to the Independent UK, in an article headlined “Last world leader standing: The photo that shows just how much the world has changed in 2016.”
Each of these leaders have been seen as betrayers by the populists in their respective countries, putting the good of others above the good of those they were elected to represent, and each have been repudiated in elections and referendums in 2016 by the very people they have betrayed with their globalist policies.
Globalist Cheerleaders (Mainstream Media) Become Irrelevant
The globalist supporting media in each of the “unexpected” losses had campaigned hard to prevent populism from overcoming globalism or to rephrase, to prevent the people from overcoming the elite and their agenda.
Before the Brexit vote, the media hyperventilated and claimed the whole world and markets would be “thrown in turmoil,” in an attempt to influence the referendum results.
Headlines from before the referendum included “Brexit ‘would have huge economic impact and spark turmoil in global markets’ from the Daily Mail and “Brexit would create turmoil and damage Irish trade,” from the Irish Times. One of the most amusing headlines came from the UK Mirror at the time, who declared “Brexit could end Britain’s hopes of hosting another World Cup or Olympics.”
The same type of howling preceded the U.S. elections with dire warnings of what would happen if Donald Trump beat globalist Hillary Clinton, where CNN headlined on November 6 with:
“US election 2016: this is the global market turmoil that would be triggered by a Donald Trump victory,” to which not only didn’t happen, but just the opposite occurred, as one day after the election, markets rallied and stocks soared, with increases still being seen as CNBC reports today that “Stocks have been on a rip-roaring rally since the U.S. election.”
One pattern here is that in every case, the mainstream media had attempted to influence the outcome, always in favor of the globalists, but the more important pattern is that the populace in each instance in their respective countries….. ignored them.
Ignored the consistent flow of skewed polls claiming the “populist” candidate or position had no chance, ignored the constant negative stories being slammed out daily, in many case multiple times a day, against the candidate or position the media didn’t favor.
While polling over the decades has shown an increase of distrust toward the mainstream media, until 2016, they were still able to influence primaries, elections, referendums and votes……. those days are gone, and that is why the global elite are panicking.
Former US VP to Media: "We Don't Need You Guys Anymore"
Former U.S. VP Dick Cheney recently sat down with Former Secretary of Defense Leon Panetta and CNN’s Barbara Starr at the Reagan Library, and said something horrifying to the mainstream media and the globalists.
Love him or hate him... the truth is the truth. Starr asked Cheney about the language of President-elect Trump’s tweets and after answering her Cheney stated:
“I think one of the reasons people get so concerned about the tweets is it is sort of a way around the press. He doesn’t have to rely upon, uh, rely upon - this is the modern era, modern technology. He’s at the point where we don’t need you guys anymore.”
The laughter from the audience is clearly heard… but nothing from CNN’s Starr, because those are the words the global elite and the MSM are all terrified of… because they are the truth.
That comment comes at the 3:20 minute mark in the clip below:
The mainstream media and their “fake news,” along with their “fake polls,” using skewed demographics intended to create an illusion meant to influence the public, has failed, and with it they took the last thing propping up globalism and touting it as the “way forward,” in an attempt to create a New World Order.
The term “leader of the free world” has often been used to describe the United States and more commonly the U.S. President of the United States, and having a populist U.S. President is a tremendous blow to globalists across the world, so it is no coincidence that after an election to where the ‘populist’ candidate won, Clinton teamed up with Green Party candidate Jill Stein to petition for recounts in the three states that Trump flipped, which if successful would have handed the election to the globalist candidate Hillary Clinton.
It is also no coincidence that organized protests, funded by globalist George Soros, have been seen across America after the election or that we are seeing dire warnings of “bloody Friday,” with reports warning that ISIS could attack on inauguration day.
Fluoride Action Network: A Report From New Zealand December 23 2016 | From: FluorideAlert
Two weeks ago legislation was introduced into the NZ Parliament in an attempt to force fluoridation on the whole country. Currently, only half of New Zealand’s population is on fluoridated water. The decision-making for fluoridation had been held by local councils since it was introduced starting in the 1960s.
The proposed new legislation has only had its first reading at Parliament and must go through two more readings before it becomes law. The next step is for this drafted legislation to go before the Health Select Committee and this is where citizens can help make changes.
TV advert produced for Fluoride Free New Zealand. Shows that New Zealand is one of the few countries that still has fluoridation and that other countries, without fluoridation, have just as good, if not better, teeth.
It also shows that there are public dental health policies that really work that could be implemented in NZ.
Legislation is often amended once the Committee involved has heard feedback from a wide range of people. So it is possible that a strategic amendment might nullify the proposed legislation.
Interview With Dr. John Colquhoun, 1998
The legislation attempts to shift responsibility from the local councils to the District Health Boards (DHBs), but the DHBs are a branch of the Ministry of Health in the Central Government, and are contractually obligated to do what the Ministry instructs. The DHBs will only have a limited window with which to view the issue: they will only be allowed to consider dental health and weigh that up against the costs of fluoridation.
Their purview will not include considering:
Current fluoride exposure
lternatives to fluoridation, like the Childsmile program in Scotland
ill not include consultation with the community
As far as dental health is concerned, the DHBs are being steered to a single survey carried out in 2009 that found a 40% difference in dental decay rates. However, this survey was only a snapshot in time and did not take into consideration life time residence.
The two studies published prior to this survey (that did look at life time residence), and a study published this year as well as the New Zealand School Dental statistics (published every year) did not find any difference in decay rates. The only differences that can be found in the School Dental statistics is for Maori children.
This fact distorts the picture because the non-fluoridated total includes the poorest area, with a high population of Maori children, while the fluoridated total includes the wealthiest area. The sad irony in all this is that Maori children had perfect teeth before the advent of western diets.
The Health Select Committee is inviting feedback from the public until the 2nd of February and will allow people to also speak in person and by Skype to the Committee. The Hearing is likely to be February or March next year. This Committee is made up of representatives from the top four political parties with the National Party (the current Government) making up the majority.
The aim of Fluoride Free NZ (FFNZ) is to educate the Health Select Committee members in the hope that they will agree to amendments to the legislation. We also aim to educate other Members of Parliament who are not on the Select Committee, so that they are supportive of their members on the Select Committee making changes to the legislation.
Only 23 of the 67 NZ local councils still have any fluoridation, because FFNZ has managed to convince several councils to stop over the past decade.
We also plan to put out as much publicity as our budget allows especially on health effects and the potential for fluoride to damage to the brain – so the general public become more informed and advise political parties and individual MPs that they won’t get their vote unless they change their stance.
As you will see from the Transcript and the video footage of the MPs that spoke at the first Parliamentary Reading of the Bill - none of the MPs that spoke know very much about the subject.
Health Select Committee Chair Simon O’Connor mistakenly credits his good teeth on taking fluoride tablets as a child.
Unbeknownst to him, the NZ Ministry of Health no longer recommends fluoride tablets because we now know fluoride doesn’t work by swallowing and fluoride tablets cause dental fluorosis!
Associate Health Minister Peter Dunne, who introduced the Bill, but fortunately is not on the Health Select Committee, has called opponents of fluoridation “tin-foil hat wearing, UFO-abducted pseudo-scientists.”
He mustn’t realise that he is insulting around half of the NZ population. Results from all referenda held in NZ show that people tend to vote status quo. If a nationwide referendum was held tomorrow, we would have a good chance of winning.
Charges of “anti-science” are sounding rather ridiculous for those who have actually read the literature and even taken a cursory look at the science presented by Michael Connett in the TSCA petition to the US EPA.
However, the ill-informed NZ media do not challenge these inaccurate and insulting attacks on fluoridation opponents, that’s why our advertising campaign is so important.
This really is crunch time for us in New Zealand. If we do not get changes to this draconian legislation, it will be nigh on impossible to get it stopped where it has started and very, very difficult to resist its introduction to areas that don’t have it, even if the vast majority of the community, including local councillors, don’t want it.
On the other hand, if we do get changes we could see an end to fluoridation completely in NZ and the fluoridated world would get even smaller.
As many of your supporters know, when Prof Paul Connett was over here in New Zealand earlier in the year, we were able to persuade a TV station in Auckland to host a 30-minute debate with a well-known NZ scientist, Prof Mike Berridge. We were excited about this because Paul had been trying to get such a debate in NZ with someone who was pro-fluoridation for 12 years.
I think we can safely assume that our side won that debate because the proponents don’t promote or mention this debate and anyone who watched it can see that Paul won this debate. That is why during our campaign we are paying for this debate to be aired again on NZ television – 8 times on FACE SKY Channel 083.
*If you have family or friends in NZ please send them this bulletin and encourage them to tell everyone they know that NZ is under threat of mandatory fluoridation – this includes Christchurch which has some of the most beautiful water in the world.
Fear, Bloodshed And Human Sacrifices Before Winter Solstice December 22 2016 | From: VigilantCitizen
The killing of an ambassador in Turkey on live television and the attack of a Christmas market in Berlin occurred at a crucial time of year.
The Russian ambassador with his killer standing behind him, moments before the gunshot
On December 19th 2016, Donald Trump was officially confirmed as President of the United States by the Electoral College. Media coverage of this event was however eclipsed by attacks that ironically confirm why he was elected in the first place. And these attacks will most likely greatly influence upcoming elections in Germany, France and the Netherlands. A drastic change in political scenery is in the horizon, and it is fueled by fear, bloodshed and rejection of globalism.
The assassination of a Russian ambassador on live television and the violent attack of a Christmas market in Germany are events that are not only violent, but charged with intense symbolism meant to shock the public mind.
Whether this was coincidental or not, these events occurred right on the brink of the winter solstice a period that is historically prone to blood sacrifices as it is a minor Sabbath in the occult calendar. Before Christmas, there was Saturnalia.
“The origins of Christmas predate Christianity through the Pagan holiday called Saturnalia, which was a week-long of lawlessness from December 17th through December 25th that honored Saturn and included human sacrifice, intoxication, naked caroling and rape. During these seven days, there were no punishments for breaking any laws, according to Roman law.”
- In5d, Esoteric Meaning of Christmas
“It was traditional to offer gifts of imitation fruit (a symbol of fertility), dolls (symbolic of the custom of human sacrifice), and candles (reminiscent of the bonfires traditionally associated with pagan solstice celebrations). A mock king was chosen, usually from a group of slaves or criminals, and although he was permitted to behave in an unrestrained manner for seven days of the festival, he was usually killed at the end.
The Saturnalia eventually degenerated into a week-long spree of debauchery and crime – giving rise to the modern use of the tern saturnalia, meaning a period of unrestrained license and revelry.”
- Time and Date, “Holidays and Traditions around the December solstice”
On December 19th, the entire world witnessed a live murder, a carefully planned sacrifice.
The Russian Ambassador
Andrey Karlov, Russia’s ambassador to Turkey was shot dead on Monday evening as he delivered a speech at a photo exposition. The killer, identified as Mert Altintas, was an off-duty member of Ankara’s police force.
The entire scene was extremely surreal because, beyond the violence, it was “visually perfect”. It was a set piece made for mass media.
Mert Altintas stood behind the ambassador, wearing a stylishly tailored black suit, which sharply contrasted with the immaculate white background adorned with pictures of Russia. Several gunshots then wring out and the ambassador falls on his back, suddenly lifeless. The gunman then walks around the body, yelling “Allahu Akbar” and “Don’t forget Aleppo” until police finally manages to reach him and shoot him down.
As one reviews this surreal scene, one wonders: How was this even allowed to happen? How come this 22-year-old, off-duty cop, who is part of the riot squad, was the only person standing behind Karlov this entire time? Reports are now saying that the gunman refused security check.
“The off-duty police officer who assassinated Russia’s ambassador to Turkey refused to go through an X-ray security check before the shooting - but was let into the event anyway, according to a report.
The Hurriyet Daily News reported Tuesday that the assassin, Mevlüt Mert Altintas, simply flashed his police ID to enter Ankara’s Contemporary Arts Center - where Russian Ambassador Andrey Karlov was scheduled to speak at a photo exhibition.”
- Daily News, Assassin of Turkey’s Russian ambassador refused security check before ambushing event
Also, all signs point to the attack being ordered from above, Mert Altintas being the proverbial patsy.
“It had been determined Tuesday if Altintas, 22, was part of a wider plan to take out the Russian ambassador. But a senior Turkish official told the Associated Press Altintas likely did not act alone. The official, speaking anonymously, called the killing “fully professional, not a one-man action.”
Turkish authorities suspect that Altintas was under the influence of Fetullah Gulen, a Turkish preacher who is currently based in the United States, in Pennsylvania. He is suspected of being a CIA operative conducting operations meant to destabilize Erdogan’s government.
Although some draw comparisons between this event and the assassination that lead to WWI, it is unlikely that the killing will cause significant change. It will most likely justify the Russian-Turkish involvement in Syria.
The truck used to conduct the attack with Christmas decorations stuck on the windshield. Sadly symbolic
Around the same time the assassination occurred in Turkey, a horrific attack took place in Berlin killing 12 people and 48 others.
“What authorities can say for certain is that a tractor-trailer with Polish license plates and laden with steel rods jumped a sidewalk around 8 p.m. Monday and plowed into the market near the Kaiser Wilhelm Memorial Church, a symbolic Berlin site whose spire, jagged from bomb damage, was intentionally left unrepaired after World War II.”
- NY Times, Berlin Christmas Market Was Target of Terrorist Attack, Angela Merkel Says
This event was also charged with symbolic meaning. It was not simply about killing people, it was an attack on German culture, history and tradition. Christmas markets are a German tradition originating from the Middle Ages where locals shop for various goods while getting into the Christmas spirit.
The market that was attacked is situated near the Kaiser Wilheml Memorial church, a symbolic piece of German history.
The truck and the wreckage it caused at the foot of the Church. Although not all Germans are religious, the building remains a piece of local history.
This bloody attack is therefore custom-built to anger the German population who have to witness a beloved tradition being turned into a bloodbath by terrorists.
This anger might very well translate into votes against Merkel (and her open-door policy to refugees) in the upcoming elections. It might also influence the French elections where Le Pen is gaining traction.
At the time of writing this article, Berlin police detains a suspect who is said to be a refugee from Pakistan. However, police also stated that they might have the wrong person and that the true culprit might still be on the run. No matter who finally gets arrested, ultimate losers will be citizens who will have to suffer through even more scrutiny, monitoring and surveillance for more “security”.
The elite’s motto is Ordo Ab Chao (Order Out of Chaos) and Merkel’s policy brought to Germany great deal of chaos. Now people will crave for order. And that order might come at a terrible price.
The two events described above were not only about killing people. They were about sending a message. They were charged with symbolic meaning custom made for mass media and social networks.
These events occurred at a sensitive time of the year, the winter solstice, a minor Sabbath, historically celebrated with human sacrifice. Whether this date was intentionally selected or not, the entire world was forced to witness a planned killing, a ritual sacrifice carried out methodically as the killer screamed “God is Great”.
Top 10 Most Delusional “Facts” Of The Lunatic Left-Wing Fact-Checkers December 22 2016 | From: NaturalNews
Since Facebook has announced its intention to erect a Ministry of Truth echo chamber by labeling all news it doesn’t like “fake news,” I thought it appropriate to unveil the top 10 most delusional “facts” people will be subjected to if they keep viewing Facebook, CNN, or any other news propaganda being put out by what has become the mentally ill political left today.
As anyone with a functioning brain already knows, the unhinged left is utterly clueless about the properties of “facts” or where they come from. To them, “facts” are whatever their friends keep repeating, even if they have no basis whatsoever in evidence or reality.
In essence, “facts” are whatever they believe, while “fake news” is whatever you believe. (It really is that simple in their feeble brains.)
So consider these top 10 most delusional “facts” we’ll soon see rolled out as “truth” by the newly-sprung news cartels operating inside Fakebook.
“Fact” #1: Eating Meat is Cruelty to Animals, But Harvesting the Organs of Living, Partially-Born Human Babies Isn’t Cruel at All
Somehow, the delusional left has decided that animals are conscious beings but not human babies. Yeah, it’s insane, I know. Liberalism is best defined as a kind of mental illness where a person can hold two utterly contradictory thoughts in their head at the same time while simultaneously believing them both.
To demonstrate this particular brand of lunacy, a Beastie Boy recently announced a new line of “cruelty free” sneakers with proceeds to benefit abortion providers. Yep, “no animals were harmed in the process of butchering these babies” might as well be the sicko slogan of the unhinged left.
“Fact” #2: If Not For the Burning of Fossil Fuels, Earth’s Climate Would Never Change at All
At first, they called their hoax “global warming,” but when it turned out the Earth wasn’t warming at all - funny how that works when you use actual data instead of fraudulently altered numbers - they had to roll out a more encompassing name: Climate Change.
According to Climate Change cultists - named thusly because no amount of evidence can alter their “faith” in Climate Change - Earth’s climate never changed at all until humankind came along and started burning fossil fuels.
But now - OMG! - every hurricane, flood, drought, forest fire and freezing arctic blast is automatically attributed to “climate change.” Yep, especially among young leftists who have been indoctrinated by the lies of government-run schools, they think their ancestors lived in a time when Earth was eternal Spring, with no climate variation or natural disasters whatsoever.
It’s only because you and I are using air conditioning and driving SUVs that the planet has become angry, unleashing all sorts of climatic “changes” that otherwise would have never occurred.
This explanation, you may have noticed, closely resembles the superstitions of 5th-century humans who largely believed that bad weather and solar eclipses were caused by “angry gods” seeking to punish them. In over 1000 years, we’ve learned nothing, it seems, and “progressives” have thrust us back to an era of incredible ignorance and superstition where scientific evidence is abandoned for the sake of powerful cult-like beliefs.
“Fact” #3: People with XY Chromosomes Can Instantly Transform All Their Genes Into XX Chromosomes by Declaring Themselves to be Women (the Theory of Spontaneous Genetic Transmutation…)
Ask any young liberal and they’ll tell you there are at least 30 genders, maybe even more if you count “TransUnicorn.” If you can stop laughing hilariously, ask them whether sex is determined by genetic expression or by a “choice.” They will insist it’s a “choice!”
And just like that, the delusional leftists discard centuries of scientific knowledge in genetics, sexual reproduction, phenotype expressions and physical reality. If you dare point out to them that “transgenderism is a mental illness,” they will label you a purveyor of either hatred or “fake news.”
To them, a “feeling” is more REAL than actual science, you see. And if a young man sucks down enough bisphenol-A to start “feeling” like a woman, then his womanhood is accepted as a “fact” by the deranged lunatic left. Some of them even insist that such “gender-fluid” biological males can get pregnant and have babies!
I have named this hilarious bit of leftish delusional idiocy the Theory of Spontaneous Genetic Transmutation. This theory is quite literally accepted as “fact” by nearly every liberal under the age of 30.
“Fact” #4: Media News Coverage During the Presidential Campaign Was Completely Fair to Both Clinton and Trump, But the DNC Hacks Were One-Sided, and Thus Totally Unfair
Yep, according to the delusional left, the almost universally glowing media coverage of Hillary Clinton - alongside relentless media attacks waged against Trump - were “fair and balanced.” But Trump won the election because the DNC hacks (which were actually leaks from a Bernie Sanders supporter, not hacks at all) were totally unfair because they only leaked the emails of the democrats, not republicans.
Kellyanne Conway: CIA Should Go and Testify and Stop Leaking to the Media
Hidden in that protest is an astonishing presumption that all the leaked DNC emails were true! And they reveal a deeply shocking level of collusion inside the DNC to destroy Bernie Sanders and steal the nomination for Hillary Clinton.
“Fact” #5: Hillary Clinton Should be President Because She Won the Popular Vote, But When Bernie Sanders Kept Winning the Popular Vote During the Primary, Clinton Somehow Got All the Delegates… Hmmm…
Hilariously, the Clinton campaign (and all delusional leftists in general) only believes in “popular votes” when they win the popular vote.
When they don’t win the popular vote, they believe in rigging the delegates to make sure their candidate gets the delegate votes even if they lost the popular vote. This is exactly how Hillary Clinton kept walking away with the vast majority of delegates even in states where Bernie Sanders won the popular votes (sometimes in a landslide).
Beyond all that, the presidential election is not determined by popular votes, or else Donald Trump would have campaigned heavily in places like New York City and Los Angeles.
The winner is determined by Electoral Votes, which is why Donald Trump campaigned in the areas that deliver electoral victories. (Gosh, is he supposed to be a bad person for following the rules and winning by those rules?)
Judge Jeanine: I'll tell you what hope is, Michelle
If the Clinton campaign didn’t think the Electoral College was fair, why didn’t they protest it before the results revealed Hillary to be the loser? The answer, of course, is because nearly every leftist in America was completely convinced that Hillary Clinton would win the election (because that’s what the media echo chamber told them).
Hilariously, this caused many of them to avoid going out to vote, thereby ensuring their ballot box loss. CNN’s false media narrative that Hillary was “unbeatable,” in other words, may have actually handed Donald Trump the election victory. (Such is the price of extreme arrogance.)
“Fact” #6: There’s No Such Thing as a Hate Crime Against White People
According to the lunatic left, “hate crimes” can only be committed by white people against people of color. The opposite cannot occur because white people “deserve” to be beaten, raped, or shot by people of color, you see. (For the record, I am a person of color, which means I am therefore incapable of committing any hate crime myself, you see.)
Thus, when a group of Black Lives Matter terrorists marches in the streets calling for the open murder of white people - or dragging people out of their vehicles and beating them solely because of their white skin color - they are not engage in hate crimes at all, according to the delusional left.
Instead, they are said to be engaged in “social justice.” Because, you see, violence is always called “justice” by the worst criminals in every collapsing society.
This is why the entire left-wing media censors all news about black people attacking white people, but strongly emphasizes all news about white people attacking black people. It’s all part of controlling the narrative to paint the kind of one-sided propaganda that the delusional left depends on for its very survival.
For the record, here at Natural News, we believe that there is no such thing as a thought crime. Crimes of violence are crimes in and of themselves due to their actions. Attaching a layer of “hate” to the motivation behind such a crime is a grave injustice.
Crimes should be prosecuted based on the actions of those who committed them, not on the words uttered while carrying them out. Otherwise, we are admitting that words are crimes.
“Fact” #7: Guns Are Conscious, Self-Animating Objects That Leap Out Of Their Holsters and Shoot People All On Their Own
According to delusional leftists who essentially believe in magic, guns are self-directed objects that shoot people all on their own. Leftists truly believe that a gun in a room can leap to its feet, target individuals and discharge bullets without needing to be actuated by the will of a person.
This is where the delusional left comes up with meaningless phrases like “gun violence,” placing the emphasis on the inanimate object rather than the person deploying it. There is no such thing as “gun violence” any more than there is “hammer violence” when murderers use hammers.
When Somali tribes commit mass murder against each other using machetes, the left never describes such events as “machete violence” and tries to blame machetes. Ever wonder why? Because that would sound incredibly stupid.
But when it comes to guns, the left gladly invokes the phrase “gun violence” in order to blame guns rather than people. It’s a deliberately loaded phrase that’s designed to blame guns rather than the mostly left-wing criminals who use them to commit violence against society.
Similarly, when radical Islamic terrorists used an ice cream truck to mow down tourists in Paris, the left-wing media reported the mass murder as being carried out by the truck! News reports proclaimed, “TRUCK runs over 85 people…” or “Authorities are searching for TRUCK that murdered 85…”
Somehow, it never occurs to idiotic leftists that a terrorist was driving the truck. And if trucks are such murderous instruments of death, then why isn’t the left calling for a nationwide truck ban?
“Fact” #8: Only Progressives Can Identify “Facts”… Everyone Else Doesn’t Know What They’re Talking About
This “fact” is the best one of all. According to the delusional, fringe left, only people who support left-wing policies can recognize or identify “facts.”
This twisted special sauce of circular logic is what leftists tell themselves when they proclaim their version of “facts” to be absolute and authoritative, while anyone else’s version of “facts” are nothing but lies and falsehoods.
Thus, the lunatic left believes it gets facts straight from God in a sort of “divining ritual” from which indisputable facts emerge much like a genie might appear after vigorously rubbing a brass lamp.
This “monopoly of facts” is the sole domain of liberals, you see, and they know this because so many of them agree with that supposition, thus proving it to be true by “social consensus.” They surveyed each other, you see, and now they cite the survey which states that “100% of all people everywhere participate in surveys.” This, too, is a “fact” of the delusional left-wing media.
(It’s kind of convenient for journalists at the Washington Post when they merely need to cite each other as “unnamed sources” for whatever news they happen to be fabricating at the moment, too.
Who needs actual intelligence sources when WashPost reporters can circle jerk each other for made-up quotes that get worked into their front page fabrications?)
“Fact” #9: Intentions Count MoreThan Actions
Obama is a good President and a good person. How do we know that? Because he has good intentions.
Never mind the fact that he doubled the national debt to nearly $20 trillion. Never mind the fact that his DOJ masterminded a gun-running operation to put illegal weapons into the hands of Mexican drug cartels (Operation Fast and Furious).
Never mind the indisputable observation that he was a race baiter who created division, hatred and distrust across America’s cultural fabric. And pay no attention to the astonishing job loss, unemployment and plummeting wages caused by the Obamacare scheme he championed as some sort of twisted, pathetic “legacy.”
Nope, you’re not supposed to consider actual reality when it comes to judging people on the left. They are all given a pass on their behavior as long as they have good intentions, you see.
This is why it doesn’t matter to the left that Bill Clinton is an accused rapist, sexual molester and repeated attacker of multiple women who have openly and publicly accused him of sexual assault.
According to the delusional left, Bill Clinton gets a free pass on all that because he’s a good liberal. He has compassion, don’t you know? He supports abortion, carbon taxes and banning the Second Amendment. Thus, according to the left, it doesn’t matter how many women he raped, abused or molested.
Facts be damned. When it comes to protecting the champions of the political left, no amount of legitimate evidence of criminal wrongdoing can overcome the left’s blind faith in their so-called leaders, even if they be pedophiles ordering sicko sessions with minors like buying pizza off a menu.
“Fact” #10: Bigger Government is Always the Answer
No matter what challenges society may face, the disconnected left believes bigger government is always the answer.
Got a problem with people drinking too much soda? We need bigger government to function as “food police” and criminalize large sodas offerings.
Are too many dementia patients forgetting where they are and wandering aimlessly across mall parking lots? We need bigger government, the left insists, to microchip and track the location of all those afflicted with “mental disorders.” (It’s true, Congress just passed the law for government to microchip citizens.)
Can’t afford your rent? Mobile phone bills? Groceries? Don’t worry, the government will create a new program to take money from all those who earned it and redistribute the funds to loyal democrat voters who consume it (while, of course, padding the pockets of the politically connected elite along the way).
According to the delusional left, there’s no problem too large that even larger government can’t solve! Their utopian economy, in fact, is a system where the free market is abolished and replaced by a centrally planned economy which values “equality” above all else.
Our world already has a system like that, by the way. It’s called “Venezuela.” And right now, all the self-righteous Venezuelans who voted for “equality” are eating out of grocery store dumpsters while having their cash criminalized and confiscated by the very same government they stupidly put into power. (Will socialists never learn?)
The Greatest “Fact” of All is the Fact That Leftists Have Increasingly Become Fact-Free Lunatics
So let’s cut the crap. Almost everything the lunatic left insists is a “fact” turns out to be a fairy tale or outright lie. Polar bears are going extinct! If you like your doctor, you can keep your doctor! Raising taxes on corporations is good for creating jobs!
Hillary Clinton believes in honoring the outcome of all democratic elections… except for the ones she loses.
And if you lose an election in a democracy, the correct course of action, according to the left, is to keep threatening electoral voters with murder until you get your way.
It turns out that, for the most part, leftists are fact-free lunatics. I could lay out a hundred striking examples of the lunacy and contradictions of the delusional left, but you probably already see many of them yourself.
The left has become so deranged and disconnected from reality that their cheap tactics of race baiting and slandering their political opponents simply don’t work anymore.
The political left in America, which was once a semi-respected organization that opposed George Bush’s corporate-run wars and fought to reduce air pollution has become a twisted cabal of deranged fringe lunatics who have already crossed the threshold of mental illness.
Now, with the help of Fakebook - which has become the online equivalent of Darth Vader - they’re going to try to steamroll society with a whole new set of fabricated “facts” that will also fail miserably… just like their recent election efforts.
Facts are stubborn things. More importantly, no one has a monopoly on them.
Those who try to censor whatever “facts” they don’t agree with will only end up making the things they dispute increasingly popular for the simple reason that human beings are curious about the world around them, and they don’t take kindly to having a homogenized, sanitized worldview shoved down their throats by self-proclaimed “fact checkers” who genuinely belong in a psychiatric ward.
But don’t take my word for anything. After all, everything I’ve written here is merely my opinion. Open your eyes, explore the world for yourself, and make up your own mind.
That simple act, by the way, will make you a lifelong enemy of the left… which demands you remain blindly obedient to their “facts” even when your own direct experiences contradict them.
Remember: The ultimate goal of the radical left is to make you abandon trust in your own senses, thoughts and logical conclusions. Only then can they dominate your existence with their fabrications that any clear-headed person would instantly see right through.
“I believe that it is not a secret, everyone can see, that many of our partners prefer to refer to the principles of international law, because the balance of power is gradually being restored in our world.
But this is inevitable! Attempts to create a unipolar world have not succeeded. We are living in a different dimension. Russia has always held this point of view-that, while protecting our national interests, we must respect the interests of other countries. So, this is the way we establish relations with other countries.”
“Attempts to create a unipolar world have not succeeded.” In other words, the plans of the New World Order, which has wanted to create a one world government (unipolar) have failed.
The banking and political cabal behind this unipolar agenda are failing and Putin just called them out publicly.
But are they failing like Putin stated? If we look at real world evidence, and not the fake news being spewed out by most mainstream media outlets, we can conclusively come to the understanding that yes, the twisted plans of the NWO are failing, and countries are breaking away from their former controllers.
While the elite controlled press has continuously branded Putin as a dictator (remember though that he received an 89% approval rating last year) and “isolated” from the rest of the world, he has continued to make trade and diplomatic deals with several other nations, as well as not falling for the attempts by the West and NATO to start WWIII.
One of the big reasons the West has done such blasting of Putin/Russia is because they have been leading the way in the moves against the fiat-based, central-banking system. It has always been about the money.
This Eastern Alliance has also made it no secret as to what their end-game is by continuing to import and mine more gold so that their respective currencies can be backed up by metals. Such a financial system reset would immediately expose and end the charade that The Federal Reserve, the IMF, World Bank and all central banks have been running on, which is fiat-based currency. This will end the century-long manipulation and will hold accountable those who have been illegally using the global collateral accounts.
The NWO knows that keeping fiat-based currencies and The Federal Reserve running is a way for them to stay in power. Any attempts to cull this power is met with immense force.
Hence, we see such negative propaganda against Putin who is not only making diplomatic deals with more and more countries who were once subservient to the Cabal (Turkey, Egypt, Philippines and more), he is also on the verge of cleaning out the last of ISIL in Allepo, Syria, which Russia has said could be accomplished by the end of 2016.
Of course, as has been documented and released by The Pentagon in May of 2015, the U.S. created ISIL to try and overthrow Assad so that they could create a pipeline that would run through Syria as a way to financially and politically control a nation that has been defiant of the NWO’s agenda.
Brexit was another example of the balance of power shifting and of the “unipolar agenda” failing. We must remember too, that while the border and immigration issue was present in the Brexit campaign, a much bigger situation was stopped when Britain voted to leave the European Union. As Alan Sked said in The Telegraph;
“We believe providing more context can help people decide for themselves what to trust and what to share,” the company said.
“We’ve started a program to work with third-party fact checking organizations that are signatories of Poynter’s International Fact Checking Code of Principles. We’ll use the reports from our community, along with other signals, to send stories to these organizations.”
“voters need to understand that the European Union was about building a Federal Superstate from day one.” The author of this incredible story that somehow made it into mainstream UK news, detailed how the U.S. State Department and C.I.A. actively funded and advised on how to create this “Federal Superstate.”
Once again, Brexit was a defeat for those trying to create such a world order.
Additionally, a vote in Italy today could see the present government fall and an anti-Euro and anti-establishment party known as The Five Star Movement come into power in the weeks ahead, which has said would hold a referendum as to whether Italy should stay or leave the E.U.
Also, parties in France and The Netherlands are surging before elections in March and May that will decide if other anti-Euro parties come into power.
What is clear though is that the dark, new world order agenda is falling and Vladimir Putin has just told the entire world how he feels about the matter.
Facebook To Become Left-Wing Propaganda Echo Chamber With Orwellian Plan To Label Independent Journalism “Fake” + Facebook Jumps On ‘Fake News’ Fact-Checker Train, Will ‘Roll Out’ With PolitiFact December 21 2016 | From: NaturalNews / WashingtonTimes
Facebook has announced a new plan today that will very quickly transform the social media site into an “echo chamber” of left-wing media lies and delusional propaganda (just like we’ve recently seen pushed by the Washington Post).
The new effort will rely on left-wing “fact checker” organizations like Politifact and Snopes to determine the “truthiness” of news stories, reports Business Insider. Those stories deemed by left-wing “fact checkers” to be inaccurate will be buried in Facebook users’ feeds as a form of organized totalitarian censorship.
This Ministry of Truth “news dictatorship” plan will, of course, transform Facebook into nothing more than a news “bubble” where left-wing propaganda is repeated as “fact” while independent journalism is labeled “fake.”
This means all stories that are critical of vaccines, GMOs, Planned Parenthood or Hillary Clinton will be censored out of existence. The political left, you see, doesn’t seek to win any debate at all… their goal is to ban the debate so that you never read any views other than theirs. (They can’t win any legitimate debates or legitimate elections, so they cheat.)
In essence, Facebook has now announced it’s going to become the North Korea of social media.
Facebook’s “Fact Checkers” Are Left-Wing Propagandsts Who Despise Factual Journalism
“We believe providing more context can help people decide for themselves what to trust and what to share,” the company said.
“We’ve started a program to work with third-party fact checking organizations that are signatories of Poynter’s International Fact Checking Code of Principles. We’ll use the reports from our community, along with other signals, to send stories to these organizations.”
“Facebook has announced it will introduce warning labels on stories they deem to be “fake news,” with the help of partisan “fact checking” organisations such as Snopes and PolitiFact,”reports Breitbart.com.
Business Insider reports that these organisations will include the likes of Snopes, ABC, Politifact, and FactCheck.org, all of which have records of left-wing partisanship - particularly throughout the 2016 election.
For example, PolitiFact infamously said it was “mostly false” when Donald Trump claimed in a presidential debate that Hillary Clinton wanted “open borders.” PolitiFact made this ruling despite Clinton being on the record at a paid speech saying “My dream is a hemispheric common market, with open trade and open borders.”
Trump also said that Russia has 1,800 nuclear warheads and has expanded its arsenal while the U.S. has not. PolitiFact admitted that Trump’s claim was factual, but it rated the statement as “half true” for supposedly “missing the big picture.”
In both of these cases, PolitiFact went beyond mere fact-checking and moved the goal posts in ways that benefited Clinton’s candidacy.
This type of ideological “fact checking” went beyond parody during October’s presidential debates, with NBC taking Trump’s statement that Clinton “acid washed” her emails (a reference to the data deletion tool “BleachBit”) 100% literally and declaring the statement “false.”
It’s Time to Leave Facebook and Discover Alternatives Like Diaspora or Gab.ai
As Facebook turns into an echo chamber of mentally ill liberal whackos, informed people will look elsewhere for uncensored, independent news. One of the best alternatives for Facebook is Diaspora, a network of independent social media hubs run by independent, open source organizations like Natural News.
Our Diaspora hub is found at Share.NaturalNews.com, and it’s rapidly growing. There, you’ll receive every story we post, unlike Facebook where 99% of our posts are deliberately buried by Facebook itself.
Gab.ai is also rapidly growing, promising uncensored free speech in a social media format. You can find my articles posted in real time at these two accounts:
Join all these sources so that you can stay informed. Understand that Facebook, Google, Twitter, Yahoo and all the other internet gatekeepers are now engaged in an all out war against independent news, hoping to censor it out of existence.
(They’ve lost the narrative, and they lost the election. Now they’re desperate to destroy whatever voices they don’t control… but it will only cause them to lose their audience.)
A Mass Exodus Away From Fakebook
By censoring independent journalism, Facebook is going to lose tens of millions of users who will simply go somewhere else. The left-wing propaganda swallowers who stay behind at Facebook will simply become increasingly misinformed and mentally ill as they follow the left-wing media down the rabbit hole of delusional Russian hacker conspiracy theories and hatred against America, the Constitution and the entire male population in general.
It won’t be long, probably, before Snopes “officially” confirms that having white skin makes you a racist, or that all men are evil due to their genetics.
Politifact might throw down its own delusional “facts” that claim Donald Trump was hypnotized by the Russians as a Manchurian candidate to commit genocide against women (or whatever) whose body parts will be harvested for organ donations to gray aliens from planet Cockamamie.
I can’t wait for Snopes to confirm that people can transform XY chromosomes into XX chromosomes by declaring themselves to be transgender. Before long, everything pushed by the left - from climate change lunacy to transgender psychosis - will be rooted in sheer delusion that stands in complete contradiction to scientific reality.
Yet it will all be pushed by Facebook as “verified fact.” To the utterly insane left, “facts” are whatever they believe in, no matter how disconnected from reality they might be.
We have now entered the Orwellian nightmare we all knew was coming. The good news is that you can simply change the channel and escape the nightmare by avoiding Facebook altogether.
The social media giant’s newsroom announced that it will partner with third-party organizations to identify hoaxes and unreliable stories.
“We believe providing more context can help people decide for themselves what to trust and what to share,” the company said.
“We’ve started a program to work with third-party fact checking organizations that are signatories of Poynter’s International Fact Checking Code of Principles. We’ll use the reports from our community, along with other signals, to send stories to these organizations.”
According to Facebook, “if the fact checking organizations identify a story as fake, it will get flagged as disputed and there will be a link to the corresponding article explaining why. Stories that have been disputed may also appear lower in News Feed.”
Still, CEO Mark Zuckerberg’s company said its workforce and partners “cannot become arbiters of truth” while essentially designating them as such. One of the organizations Facebook plans on teaming up with is Snopes, which bills itself as an “essential resource” for truth.
Others groups the social media platform will work with include ABC News, FactCheck.org, PolitiFact, and The Associated Press.
Conservative commentators were quick to put forth a “who watches the watchmen” counter-argument.
“Sometimes the experts are also partisans who have an agenda. That was certainly the case with regard to Obamacare,” wrote Hotair’s John Sexton on Thursday.
“Health care wonks like Ezra Klein and Jonathan Gruber knew a great deal about the program.
They were also prepared to help their Democratic allies in government lie to the public if necessary to see it succeed. It’s not that they didn’t know the truth it’s just that they weren’t going to share all of it (except occasionally to a friendly audience).
Now imagine applying these new rules retroactively to this story. Would any story which challenged Obama’s statement be flagged as ‘fake news’ prior to 2013?”
“Two university studies show PolitiFact rates the GOP as liars over Democrats at a rate of 3 to 1 and 2 to 1 respectively. […] I once asked the head of PolitiFact to explain a university study suggesting they were biased,” Mr. Hemingway said in a series of tweets.
“He no joke told me that based on what people tell him at parties he thinks he’s fair. I could go on … but the idea of PolitiFact censoring political speech at any major social media network is horrifying.”
Facebook, for all intents and purposes, dismissed such concerns as hyperbole over a work-in-progress with good intentions.
“We’re excited about this progress, but we know there’s more to be done,” the company wrote. “We’re going to keep working on this problem for as long as it takes to get it right.”
The New Zealand Road Toll Statistics They Tried To Bury December 20 2016 | From: BreakingViews
I checked the latest road toll statistics a few days ago. Interesting. For the year from January 1, road deaths were up from 291 last year to 300.
For the 12 months to Tuesday, they were up from 315 to 328. For driver fatalities, the figures were up from 138 to 151 (for the calendar year to date) and from 146 to 170 (over 12 months). These are not big increases, but they appear to be more than mere statistical blips.
Even more interesting are some of the figures from a Ministry of Transport booklet called Alcohol and Drugs 2016.
Most of the tables in the booklet pull together figures covering the years 2013-2015 without breaking them down year by year. They reveal that alcohol and/or drugs contributed to 12 per cent of fatal smashes.
This might come as a surprise. Given the official obsession with alcohol as a risk factor (all those checkpoints, all those TV ads, all those earnest lectures from senior police officers every holiday period), I imagine most people would have thought the ratio of deaths attributable to booze must be much higher.
But what especially interested me was whether road deaths involving alcohol had decreased since the legal blood-alcohol limit was lowered on December 1 2014.
This is information of some importance, since the objective of the law change was to reduce the road toll. But you have to turn to page 8 before you find any figures relating to the year after the new limits kicked in.
These reveal that the number of alcohol-affected drivers involved in fatal crashes actually increased from 70 to 90 in the 12 months after the new law came into effect.
This was not what we were led to expect. It is the opposite of what the new limit was intended to achieve, which was to deter people who had been drinking from getting behind the wheel.
Opponents of the law change argued that it would punish safe, law-abiding motorists while hard-core drink-drivers would continue to flout the law with impunity. That appears to be precisely what has happened.
Drink-drive fatalities last year were the highest since 2010. In the 20-24 age group, the number of alcohol-affected male drivers involved in fatal crashes increased from 12 to 22 – that’s nearly double. For men overall, the number was up from 56 to 82.
If the numbers had gone the other way, I’m sure the ministry would have been shouting from the rooftops. As it is, it’s hard to escape the impression the figures were buried.
We shouldn’t be in the least bit surprised that the law change hasn’t delivered the promised improvement. Control-freak policy-makers and poll-driven politicians refuse to accept that human behaviour can’t conveniently be changed by legislative decree.
That’s also apparent from the anti-smacking law (on average, one child continues to be killed by domestic violence every five weeks while responsible parents risk prosecution for disciplining out-of-control kids with a harmless slap) and from laughably ineffective dog-control rules, which have entered a whole new realm of fantasy with the expectation that owners of dangerous dogs will obtain special high-risk dog owner licences, submit their dogs to good citizenship tests, have their properties inspected and demonstrate they understand their legal obligations.
Yeah, right. Can’t you just see gang members meekly queuing at council offices to fill in the forms and register their blood-flecked pitbulls for obedience training?
Now here’s the key point. Any benefits arising from lower blood-alcohol limits – and so far there don’t seem to be any – should be weighed against the social downsides.
As we brace for the annual bout of Christmas finger-wagging, we should ask whether New Zealanders’ enjoyment of life has been unnecessarily diminished just to satisfy the bureaucratic urge to regulate and control.
There’s an economic cost too. Country pubs - the heart of some rural communities - are going out of business and wineries can expect fewer summer visitors because people fret that a harmless tasting will push them over the limit.
Any supposed benefit must also be weighed against the undoubted change in the public attitude toward the police, who are increasingly resented as bullies and harassers - unwilling or unable to attend burglaries, but never short of the numbers to run alcohol checkpoints at all hours of the day, or to hamper law-abiding bar owners in their attempts to run a business, or to make the staging of public events such as wine festivals so onerous that some participating companies decide that it's just not worth the effort any more.
Comment: Anyone who still thinks the Police do not have quotas to meet for traffic and other 'offences' is deluded. It has been established as fact and I and many others have heard it admitted.
Obama has been harassing Sheriff Joe Arpaio for eight long years. On Thursday Sheriff Joe got the last laugh. Arpaio held a news conference to discuss Barack Obama’s controversial birth certificate. Whitehouse.gov:birth-certificate-long-form.pdf
Sheriff Joe says it has 9 points of forgery.
And – the document to appears to be a “created” document that sources an official Hawaiian birth certificate belonging to a Johana Ah’nee.
“Maricopa County Sheriff Joe Arpaio and Chief Investigator Mike Zullo say “nine points of forgery” have been found on President Barack Obama’s birth certificate.
During a Thursday press conference, Arpaio and Zullo said their five-year-long investigation revealed new evidence including “forensic analysis showing the characters on the document were pieced together from secondary sources.”
RELATED: Maricopa County Sheriff Joe Arpaio criticized for probing President Barack Obama’s citizenship
According to Zullo, the certificate released by the White House in 2011 appears to be a “created” document that sources an official Hawaiian birth certificate belonging to a Johana Ah’nee.
A video played during the press conference showed nine elements that were lifted and placed on the Obama certificate in “an apparent attempt to make it appear authentic.”
“My concern was not where the president was born, but whether the document presented to the people was a fraud,” Arpaio said of his office’s investigation."
And with that, Sheriff Joe gets the last word in on Obama.
Poll: Americans Backing President-Elect Donald Trump Just Weeks After Bitter Campaign + A "Soft Coup" Attempt: Furious Trump Slams "Secret" CIA Report Russia Helped Him Win December 19 2016 | From: Breitbart / AllNewsPipeline / Various
President-elect Donald J. Trump heads into his Jan. 20 inauguration riding a wave of approval from Americans, according to a national Remington Research Group poll conducted Dec. 11 and Dec. 12 with 1,945 voters.
“America is five weeks removed from one of the most negative presidential campaigns in history,” said Titus Bond, Remington‘s director of research.
“Donald Trump has been able to improve his image in a very short span and if that continues he will govern with a mandate,” he said. “Forty-seven percent of Americans view the president-elect favorably with 41 percent viewing him unfavorably with 12 percent having no opinion.”
The poll carries a 2.3 percent margin of error and was paid for and commissioned independent of any campaign or committee.
The Dow Jones Industrial Index closed Nov. 7 at 18,259.60, the day before the presidential election and the DJIA closed Dec. 9 at 19,756.85.
“Trump’s rebounding image could be attributed directly to the stock market,” he said. “Fifty-nine percent of Americans believe stock market gains are attributed to the election of Donald Trump, with 30 percent saying Trump is solely responsible for the gains. Just 30 percent of Americans believe the election of Trump had nothing to do with the rise in the stock market.”
The poll showed that people are siding with Trump against the press, he said.
“Half of all Americans believe the media has been unfair in its coverage of Trump with 39 percent saying the media has been fair,” Bond said.
“The mainstream media is viewed negatively by 57 percent of Americans with just 25 percent viewing mainstream media outlets favorably,” he said.
Americans have a mixed opinion of the team the president-elect is putting together for his cabinet, Bond said.
Forty percent of poll participants said they approved of Trump’s selections and 43 percent disapproved, he said.
“Americans are also split when asked if Donald Trump will make America great again,” Bond said. Forty-three percent believe he will and 43 percent do not believe he will, while 46 percent said they think the United States will be more safe under a Trump presidency and 43 percent believe America will be less safe.
Remington Research Group is a polling firm that specializes in automated IVR technology. Remington Research Group accurately predicted the outcome of the 2016 Presidential election and its surveys have been featured in RealClearPolitics, Newsweek, U.S. News & World Report, the Wall Street Journal, 538 and numerous local media throughout the United States.
A "Soft Coup" Attempt: Furious Trump Slams "Secret" CIA Report Russia Helped Him Win
Recently the media propaganda wars escalated after the late Friday release of an article by the Washington Post(which last weekadmitted to using unverified, or fake, news in an attempt to smear other so-called "fake news" sites) according to which a secret CIA assessment found that Russia sought to tip last month’s U.S. presidential election in Donald Trump’s favor, a conclusion presented without any actual evidence, and which drew an extraordinary, and angry rebuke from the president-elect’s camp.
“These are the same people that said Saddam Hussein had weapons of mass destruction,” Trump’s transition team said, launching a broadside against the spy agency.
The newspaper cited officials briefed on the matter as saying that individuals with connections to Moscow provided WikiLeaks with email hacked from the Democratic National Committee, Democratic nominee Hillary Clinton’s campaign chief and others.
Without a shred of evidence provided, and despite Wikileaks' own on the record denial that the source of the emails was Russian, the WaPo attack piece claims the email messages were steadily leaked out via WikiLeaks in the months before the election, damaging Clinton’s White House run.
Essentially, according to the WaPo, the Russians’ aim was to help Donald Trump win and not just undermine the U.S. electoral process, hinting at a counter-Hillary intent on the side of Putin.
“It is the assessment of the intelligence community that Russia’s goal here was to favor one candidate over the other, to help Trump get elected,” the newspaper quoted a senior U.S. official briefed on an intelligence presentation last week to key senators as saying. “That’s the consensus view.”
CIA agents told the lawmakers it was “quite clear” - although it was not reported exactly what made it "clear" - that electing Trump was Russia’s goal, according to officials who spoke to the Post, citing growing evidence from multiple sources.
And yet, key questions remain unanswered, and the CIA’s report fell short of being a formal U.S. assessment produced by all 17 intelligence agencies the newspaper said, for two reasons.
In fact, the WaPo admits as much in the following text, which effectively destroys the article's entire argument:
"The CIA presentation to senators about Russia’s intentions fell short of a formal U.S. assessment produced by all 17 intelligence agencies. A senior U.S. official said there were minor disagreements among intelligence officials about the agency’s assessment, in part because some questions remain unanswered.
For example, intelligence agencies do not have specific intelligence showing officials in the Kremlin “directing” the identified individuals to pass the Democratic emails to WikiLeaks, a second senior U.S. official said.
Those actors, according to the official, were “one step” removed from the Russian government, rather than government employees. Moscow has in the past used middlemen to participate in sensitive intelligence operations so it has plausible deniability.
“I’ll be the first one to come out and point at Russia if there’s clear evidence, but there is no clear evidence - even now,” said Rep. Devin Nunes (R-Calif.), the chairman of the House Intelligence Committee and a member of the Trump transition team. “There’s a lot of innuendo, lots of circumstantial evidence, that’s it.”
And since even the WaPo is forced to admit that intelligence agents don’t have the proof that Russian officials directed the identified individuals to supply WikiLeaks with the hacked Democratic emails, the best it can do is speculate based on circumstantial inferences, especially since, as noted above, WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange has denied links with Russia’s government, putting the burden of proof on the side of those who challenge the Wikileaks narrative.
Nonetheless, at the White House, Deputy Press Secretary Eric Schultz said Obama called for the cyberattacks review earlier this week to ensure “the integrity of our elections.”
“This report will dig into this pattern of malicious cyberactivity timed to our elections, take stock of our defensive capabilities and capture lessons learned to make sure that we brief members of Congress and stakeholders as appropriate,” Schultz said.
Taking the absurdity to a whole new level, Obama wants the report completed before his term ends on January 20, by none other than a proven and confirmed liar: "The review will be led by James Clapper, the outgoing director of national intelligence, officials said."
In other words, the report that the Kremlin stole the election should be prepared by the time Trump is expected to be sworn in.
“We are going to make public as much as we can,” the spokesman added. “This is a major priority for the president.”
The move comes after Democrats in Congress pressed the White House to reveal details, to Congress or to the public, of Russian hacking and disinformation in the election.
On Oct. 7, one month before the election, the Department of Homeland Security and the Director of National Intelligence announced that:
“The Russian Government directed the recent compromises of emails from U.S. persons and institutions, including from U.S. political organizations.” “These thefts and disclosures are intended to interfere with the U.S. election process,” they said.
Trump dismissed those findings in an interview published Wednesday by Time magazine for its “Person of the Year” award. Asked if the intelligence was politicized, Trump answered: “I think so.”
“I don’t believe they interfered,” he said. “It could be Russia. And it could be China. And it could be some guy in his home in New Jersey.”
Worried that Trump will sweep the issue under the rug after his inauguration, seven Democrats on the Senate Intelligence Committee called on Nov. 29 for the White House to declassify what it knows about Russian interference. The seven have already been briefed on the classified details, suggesting they believe there is more information the public should know.
On Tuesday this week, leading House Democrats called on Obama to give members of the entire Congress a classified briefing on Russian interference, from hacking to the spreading of fake news stories to mislead U.S. voters.
Republicans in Congress have also promised hearings into Russian activities once the new administration comes in. Obama’s homeland security adviser Lisa Monaco said the cyberinterference goes back to the 2008 presidential race, when both the Obama and John McCain campaigns were hit by malicious computer intrusions.
An interesting aside to emerge from last night's hit piece and the Trump team response is that there is now a full blown turf war between Trump and the CIA, as NBC's Chuck Todd observed in a series of late Friday tweets:
To which Glenn Greenwald provided the best counterargument:
However, of the mini Tweetstorm, this was the most important aspect: the veiled suggestion that in addition to Russia, both the FBI and the Obama presidency prevented Hillary from becoming the next US president...
...which in light of these stunning new unproven and baseless allegations, she may very well have renewed aspirations toward.
So while there is no "there" there following the WaPo's latest attempt to fan the rarging fires of evidence-free propaganda, or as the WaPo itself would say "fake news", here is why the story has dramatic implications. First, the only two quotes which matter:
"...There is no clear evidence - even now,” said Rep. Devin Nunes (R-Calif.), the chairman of the House Intelligence Committee and a member of the Trump transition team. “There’s a lot of innuendo, lots of circumstantial evidence, that’s it.”
"...Obama wants the report before he leaves office Jan. 20, Monaco said. The review will be led by [PROVEN LIAR] James Clapper, the outgoing director of national intelligence, officials said."
And then the summary:
1. Announce "consensus" (not unanimous) "conclusion" based in circumstantial evidence now, before the Electoral College vote, then write a report with actual details due by Jan 20.
Put a proven liar in charge of writing the report on Russian hacking.
Fail to mention that not one of the leaked DNC or Podesta emails has been shown to be inauthentic. So the supposed Russian hacking simply revealed truth about Hillary, DNC, and MSM collusion and corruption.
Fail to mention that if hacking was done by or for US government to stop Hillary, blaming the Russians would be the most likely disinformation used by US agencies.
Expect every pro-Hillary lapdog journalist - which is virtually all of them - in America will hyperventilate (Twitter is currently on fire) about this latest fact-free, anti-Trump political stunt for the next nine days.
Or, as a reader put it, this is a soft coup attempt by leaders of Intel community and Obama Admin to influence the Electoral College vote, similar to the 1960s novel "Seven Days in May."
A CIA-Led Coup Against American Democracy Is Unfolding Before Our Eyes +
The Albuquerque Journal Asks The Relevant Question: Just Who Is Undermining Election? Russians Or CIA? December 19 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / AlbJournal
This article by Moon of Alabama is not conspiracy theory: The "Elite" Coup of 2016 - Read it carefully. Check out the links.
Putin stands in brazen defiance of the New World Order globalist agenda - another thing that makes him a target
The article is a documented and accurate description of a coup that is underway. The extraordinary lies that are being perpetrated by the media and by members of the US government have as their obvious purpose the prevention of a Donald Trump presidency.
There is no other reason for the extraordinary blatant lies for which there is not a shred of evidence. Indeed, there is massive real evidence to the contrary. Yet the coup proceeds and gathers steam.
President Eisenhower warned us more than a half century ago of the danger that the military/security complex presents to US democracy. In the decades since Eisenhower’s warning, the military/security complex has become more powerful than the American people and is demonstrating its power by overturning a presidential election.
Will the coup succeed?
In my opinion, former and present members of the US government and the media would not dare to so obviously and openly participate in a coup against democracy and an elected president unless they expect the coup to succeed.
It is an easy matter for the ruling interests to bribe electors to vote differently than their states. The cost of the bribes is miniscule compared to the wealth and income streams that a trillion dollar annual budget provides to the military/security complex.
The fake news of a Putin/Trump election-stealing plot generated by unsupported allegations of present and former members of US intelligence, the lame-duck President Obama, and the presstitute media provide the cover for electors to break with precedent “in order to save America from a Russian stooge.”
The CIA-controlled European media, the politicians in Washington’s European vassal states, NATO officials, and the brainwashed European peoples will support the coup against Trump.
The only ones speaking against the coup are the voters who elected Trump - all of whom are alleged to have been deceived by Russian fake news - the Russian government, and the 200 websites falsely described by the Washington Post and the secret organization PropOrNot as Russian agents.
In other words, those objecting to the coup are the ones described by the coup leaders as those who made the coup necessary.
I do not know that the coup will succeed, but looking at the commitment so many high level people have made to the coup, I conclude that those bringing the coup expect it to succeed.
Therefore, we should take very seriously the expectation of success that those who control levers of power are demonstrating.
The Albuquerque Journal Asks The Relevant Question: Just Who Is Undermining Election? Russians Or CIA?
Congress needs to dust off its Magic 8 Ball. At this point, how else are our elected representatives going to get to the bottom of allegations that Russia and its president, Vladimir Putin, tried to influence the U.S. general election?
After all, the Central Intelligence Agency isn’t being very open – at least not with our elected representatives.
Instead of briefing the House Intelligence Committee about the alleged Russian role in hacked emails made public during the campaign – which Democrats desperately seek to blame for Hillary Clinton’s loss – the agency is leaking conclusions without facts to the Washington Post, New York Times and television networks.
The media, naturally, are quick to report the anonymous bits of “blame Putin” information to the public.
So to the extent Putin meddled, our own spies have at least matched his efforts to discredit our electoral system.
To recap: Private emails from the Democratic National Committee and Clinton campaign were made public via WikiLeaks, allegedly through hacking, even though the FBI had tried to warn the DNC back in September 2015 of problems with its security system.
The agency couldn’t get past the party’s technical help desk – harking back to Hillary’s email security problems on her own private server.
The media reported on the leaks daily – and if a reporter had obtained the same information from inside sources, there would be no controversy at all.
Today’s uproar is over the source – not the substance.
But the CIA’s alleged conclusion – that Russia intervened to help Trump win – does not square with comments made Nov. 17 by James Clapper, director of National Intelligence. He said he lacked “good insight” about whether there was a connection between the WikiLeaks releases and Russia.
Congressional Republican leaders are taking the allegations seriously. “The Russians are not our friends,” Senate Majority Leader Mitch McConnell said. House Speaker Paul Ryan called any Russian intervention;
"Especially problematic because, under President Putin, Russia has been an aggressor that consistently undermines American interests.”
But Intelligence Committee member Peter King of New York flatly accused the U.S. intelligence community of waging a disinformation campaign aimed at undermining Trump’s credibility – if not changing the course of the Electoral College.
Not surprisingly, President Obama is seizing a newfound political opportunity and is taking a new interest despite earlier claims of knowing all along of Russian shenanigans but choosing not to go public with whatever evidence he had – none of which he has produced.
This is from a man who plays imaginary golf
He has ordered an investigation into whether Russia has attempted to influence U.S. elections going back to 2008. He said the reported CIA findings should come as no surprise to anyone, as suspicions that Russia was trying to influence the election were widely reported before the general election. Clinton herself spoke frequently about the possibility.
President-elect Donald Trump rejected the idea that Russia helped him win as “ridiculous.”
Concerning the source of the leaked emails, on Sunday he told Chris Wallace of Fox News;
"Personally, it could be Russia. I don’t really think it is. But who knows? … They don’t know and I don’t know.”
The source of the campaign leaks remains an interesting question, but one unlikely to be answered credibly unless the CIA coughs up its findings to Congress. Cooperation also might help answer the question of possible Russian motives if it was involved:
Was it to cast doubt on the U.S. election system? If so, it was highly successful with the help of our own intelligence community and desperate Democrats who simply can’t accept that Trump won 306 Electoral College votes.
Though the CIA based its supposed findings of pro-Trump intervention on the fact that no Republican emails were leaked before the election, the Republican National Committee says it wasn’t hacked.
And Wikileaks co-founder Julian Assange stands firm in his claim the Russians were not the source of the leaks. Cyber hacking has become one of the mainstays of life – Yahoo most recently was hacked of more than one billion user accounts.
And intervention into foreign elections is something many nations, including the United States, do regularly. Obama recently tried to influence the Brexit vote.
And while nobody should feel good about foreign interests intervening in U.S. elections, the reluctance of the U.S. intelligence community to share its information with official sources charged with making decisions about national security, while leaking information via media outlets, is very disturbing, raising the spectre of a political coup by our nation’s intelligence forces.
Putin Lashes Out At Obama: "Show Some Proof Or Shut Up" + Someone Has Officially Called The CIA’s Bluff Over Russia December 18 2016 | From: Zerohedge /TheAntiMedia
Putin has had enough of the relentless barrage of US accusations that he, personally, "hacked the US presidential election."
The Russian president's spokesman, Dmitry Peskov, said on Friday that the US must either stop accusing Russia of meddling in its elections or prove it. Peskov said it was "indecent" of the United States to "groundlessly" accuse Russia of intervention in its elections.
Comment: If watching the 6pm news was not comical before it sure as hell is now. The Western Cabal establishment is so desperate and pathetic, one must ask - just who among us anymore is so stupid as to believe this utter propaganda - bullshit?
“You need to either stop talking about it, or finally show some kind of proof. Otherwise it just looks very indecent”, Peskov told Reporters in Tokyo where Putin is meeting with Japan PM Abe, responding to the latest accusations that Russia was responsible for hacker attacks.
Peskov also warned that Obama's threat to "retaliate" to the alleged Russian hack is "against both American and international law", hinting at open-ended escalation should Obama take the podium to officially launch cyberwar against Russia.
Previously, on Thursday, Peskov told the AP the report was "laughable nonsense", while Russian foreign ministry spox Maria Zakharova accused "Western media" of being a "shill" and a "mouthpiece of various power groups", and added that;
“It's not the general public who's being manipulated," Zakharova said.
"The general public nowadays can distinguish the truth. It's the mass media that is manipulating themselves."
Meanwhile, on Friday Sergei Lavrov, Russia's foreign minister told state television network, Russia 24, he was "dumbstruck" by the NBC report which alleges that Russian President Vladimir Putin was personally involved in an election hack.
The report cited U.S. intelligence officials that now believe with a "high level of confidence" that Putin became personally involved in a secret campaign to influence the outcome of the U.S. presidential election.
"I think this is just silly, and the futility of the attempt to convince somebody of this is absolutely obvious,"Lavrov added, according to the news outlet.
As a reminder, last night Obama vowed retaliatory action against Russia for its meddling in the US presidential election last month. "I think there is no doubt that when any foreign government tries to impact the integrity of our elections that we need to take action and we will at a time and place of our own choosing," Obama told National Public Radio.
US intelligence agencies in October pinned blame on Russia for election-related hacking. At the time, the White House vowed a "proportional response" to the cyberactivity, though declined to preview what that response might entail.
Meanwhile, both President-elect Donald Trump, the FBI, and the ODNI have dismissed the CIA's intelligence community's assessment, for the the same reason Putin finally lashed out at Obama: there is no proof.
That, however, has never stopped the US from escalating a geopolitical conflict to the point of war, or beyond, so pay close attention to what Obama says this afternoon.
According to an NBC report, a team of analysts at Eurasia Group said in a note on Friday that they believe the outgoing administration is likely to take action which could result in a significant barrier for Trump's team once he takes office in January.
"It is unlikely that U.S. intelligence reports will change Trump's intention to initiate a rapprochement with Moscow, but the congressional response following its own investigations could obstruct the new administration's effort," Eurasia Group analysts added.
At the same time, Wikileaks offered its "validation" services, tweeting that "Obama should submit any Putin documents to WikiLeaks to be authenticated to our standards if he wants them to be seen as credible."
We doubt Obama would take the whistleblower organization on its offer, even if he did have any Putin documents to authenticate.
Someone Has Officially Called The CIA’s Bluff Over Russia
The scapegoating of Russia is now so widespread, Dirty Wars author and investigative journalist Jeremy Scahill took to The Intercept to call the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) on its bluff.
In the article, “Obama Must Declassify Evidence Of Russian Hacking,” Scahill and Jon Schwartz called out U.S. intelligence agencies for their record of deceit, asserting that the American people are not going to simply “take their word for it.”
"U.S. intelligence agencies have repeatedly demonstrated that they regularly both lie and get things horribly wrong,” the article argues.
But when it comes to the CIA’s case against Russia’s alleged interference with the latest U.S. presidential elections, it’s impossible to claim the hearsay is based on facts if evidence is not made available to support the agency’s claims.
Nevertheless, Scahill and Schwartz argue, it’s possible that Russia may have pulled some strings. But even if the Kremlin had its reasons and acted on them, America is the country with the long history of election meddling - not Russia.
Take Hillary Clinton’s comments on the Palestinian elections, for instance. A leaked audio recording from 2006 revealed then-senator Clinton advocated doing “something to determine who was going to win” in Palestine’s elections.
Comment: We are witnessing the final stage of the fall of the Khazarian / Zionist / Illuminati Cabal - and they are throwing one hell of a tantrum on their way down in a desperate attempt to escape the inevitablity of their demise.
And yet here she is, hoping to use the “Russia did it” talking point to give censorship a boost. The CIA has its own history of meddling in foreign elections.
In order to give Barack Obama’s administration that extra push to release any “proof” the CIA has that the 2016 U.S. elections were “rigged,” the Intercept’s duo encouraged feds or whistleblowers to use the publication’s secure drop link, where a “patriotic whistleblower” within the U.S. intelligence community may drop the leak that proves Russia is behind President-elect Donald Trump’s win. “[W]e will verify its legitimacy and publish it,” they added.
“[U.S. intelligence] agencies have identified individuals with connections to the Russian government who provided WikiLeaks with thousands ofhacked emails from the Democratic National Committee and others.”
But Reuters has since reported that “[the] overseers of the U.S. intelligence community have not embraced a CIA assessment that Russian cyber attacks were aimed at helping Republican President-elect Donald Trump win the 2016 election.” This means the Office of the Director of National Intelligence (ODNI) “has not endorsed [the CIA’s] assessment because of a lack of conclusive evidence.”
Caitlin Johnstone put it best in an article for Newslogue:
"Believing something the CIA says is like trusting a meth addict with your car, and trusting the CIA when they’re working with the Washington Post is like trusting a meth addict with your car and leaving your kid in the back seat with the house keys and money for Taco Bell.”
Unless proof is produced either by the CIA or a whistleblower, partisan voices crying wolf in Washington and in the media will continue to run on empty, feeding their base with nothing but “fake news.” But wasn’t that what we were told to unite over so we could “fight” it effectively? Here’s your chance, Mr. President.
At Least 6 Dead, Hundreds Sickened In Australia Asthma Attacks *Triggered By Thunderstorm* + Something Very Strange Is Going On In The Pacific - A 'Perfect Cocktail' Of 'Toxic Death Dumps' December 18 2016 | From: HealthNutNews/ AllNewsPipeline / Various
A recent thunderstorm during southeastern Australia’s humid November spring, triggered a rash of asthma attacks across Melbourne last Monday, leaving families grieving in its wake.
At least four people died: 20-year-old law student Hope Carnevali died waiting for responders from Ambulance Victoria to arrive, paramedics also struggled to resuscitate 35-year-old Apollo Papadopoulos, who eventually succumbed to the respiratory attack.
Omar Majoulled, 18, died two days before what would have been his high school graduation. And Clarence Leo reportedly died early Wednesday. Several more remained in Melbourne intensive care units.
Thunderstorm Asthma Hits Kuwait 10 Days After Melbourne
Only 10 days after Melbourne was attacked with Thunderstorm Asthma we have the same occurrence of this VERY RARE PHENOMENON happening across the world in Kuwait. This is not a coincidence. Both places don't have similar pollen problems.
This is BIO WARFARE. This is as a result of Geoengineering (CHEMTRAILS) which have taken place for many years now. The consequences are now being exposed.
We tried to warn everyone over 5 years ago but as always people turn a blind eye to anything that resembles the truth.
Is it too late? We shall see in the coming months and years.
Between 6 p.m. and 11 p.m. on Monday, Ambulance Victoria took about 1,900 calls, which is nearly six times the usual volume- that works out to about a day’s work in five hours. In fact, at their peak, 200 calls came within a span of 15 minutes.
From the article:
“Since the first such events were recognized in the 1980s, there have been scattered reports of asthma attack outbreaks during thunderstorms around the globe, including Napoli, Italy and Atlanta. The largest confirmed episode to date was in London in June 1994.
Six hundred-forty Londoners visited emergency departments with complaints of asthma or respiratory problems, of which more than a hundred were hospitalized, according to a 2016 review published in the journal Clinical & Experimental Allergy.”
Allergy experts posit that during the spring season, storms increase pollen’s ability to penetrate deep into the lungs. Because the storms concentrate pollen grains near the ground, the grains swell with so much water that they rupture into tinier pieces.
Once dispersed into the air, the particles basically form a fine allergenic mist that if inhaled, winds up in bronchial crevasses normally too small for unbroken grains to enter.
As "changes in climate" brings about more severe weather, respiratory disease scientists predict these types of “thunderstorm asthma outbreaks” to happen with increased frequency. We’re not sure we agree with these scientists and know some others who disagree.
Hope Carnaveli’s relatives said they waited for more than a half an hour for an ambulance to arrive and would have taken her straight to the emergency room had they known. Our hearts go out to all the grieving families.
Something Very Strange Is Going On In The Pacific - A 'Perfect Cocktail' Of 'Toxic Death Dumps'
Were Nearly 10,000 Hospitalized In Australia Victims Of A Bio-Weapon Attack?
As Samantha tells us, she is very concerned that a possible bioweapon attack had been carried out upon Australia and while ANP is unable to confirm her theory at this time, we will outline some very strong evidence below that proves something very, very strange indeed is going on in Australia and throughout large parts of the Pacific .
“When we've had people calling for ambulances - one call every four-and-a-half seconds at the peak - it was like having 150 bombs going off right across a particular part of metropolitan Melbourne," she said.
"That's something we've never planned for and we need to do that better."
And while most Americans and people across the entire world now know that we'll never get the truth about real issues from the rapidly dying mainstream media, as we do our own research, there is plenty of evidence to indicate that 'weather modification' is now taking place across Australia as well.
As this Thursday story from The Watchers tells us, a spell of very unusual weather has been reported across Australia over the last few days with widespread snow falling in Tasmania on November 24th of 2016, only days before the arrival of their summer.
As we learned from the recent SQnote which linked to this story from Strange Sounds telling us Tokyo had seen their first November snow storm in more than 50 years, this indicates weather warfare manipulation was secondary to the earthquake generation.
Is it just a coincidence that a hurricane and earthquake also hit just off of the Pacific coast of Central America as shared in this linked Yahoo news story and seen in the Drudge Report.
Was what happened in Australia some kind of a 'dry run' for additional weather warfare attacks in the future, possibly upon much larger populations?
Imagine such a situation happening where you live - suddenly and out of the blue, a massive thunderstorm hits with howling winds and heavy rainfall, stirring up all of the poisons that have been delivered by chemtrails sprayed upon us, sending thousands to the hospitals unable to breath and dying.
We can hear TPTB right now:
“Just blame it on the weather... 'thunderstorm asthma'...yeah, that's it."
Well, ANP reader Samantha in Australia isn't buying it and, very few others are buying the official explanation either.
From theories of a perfect cocktail of poisons being sprayed upon them to 'toxic death dumps', we also see that people from other parts of the world are also reporting death being sprayed upon them from above as well.
Why Now? Tangled Webs: Google, Microsoft, Facebook, The Internet Giveaway, And The Wild, Wild West Of Information December 17 2016 | From: AmericanPolicy
The use of lies and deception, or as the new term coming into vogue; fake news, has been a standard tool of the trade for over a century by the government and their willing and/or unwilling stooges in the mainstream media.
A few examples include Newspaper owners William Randolph Hearst and Joseph Pulitzer, with the unspoken blessings of US President, William McKinley, spreading lies to stir up the masses enough to start a war with Spain.
This allowed McKinley to start an American empire by taking over the Philippines, Guam, Hawaii, and Puerto Rico at the close of the 19th century. In the following decades, the media has obediently followed along coving up such things as the fraudulent Gulf of Tonkin incident, the governmental attack on the Branch Davidians, 9/11, and the Obamacare fiasco.
In spite of the lies and distortions presented by the government then spread by an obedient media, there were still some journalists who were doing their job by reporting the truth.
In 1983, fifty companies controlled 90% of the American media, today it is just six multinational corporations. They are Viacom, Comcast, Time-Warner, Disney, CBS, and News Corp and these companies are working very hard to make sure that the news you hear is the news they and the government want you to hear.
From the anti-Muslim video that “caused” the killing of four Americans at Benghazi, lying about the state of the economy before the 2008 meltdown, to the massive push to promote Obamacare, the main stream media is relentless in pushing the government / corporatist agenda to its audience.
This control is the dream of every tyrannical state in history and the US government has almost achieved it.
Only, they have, like the American Army in the WWII Battle of Arnhem, pushed their power too far and too fast causing the American people to no longer trust the main stream media.
In the spring of 2016, a major poll was conducted by the Media Insight Project, a partnership of The Associated Press-NORC Center for Public Affairs Research and the American Press Institute; they found that just 6% of those polled have confidence in the main stream media for news.
The bias and outright lies have become so bad that even a 30 year insider like Sharyl Attkisson commented on it:
“There is unprecedented, I believe, influence on the media, not just the news, but the images you see everywhere. By well-orchestrated and financed campaign of special interests, political interests and corporations. I think all of that comes into play.”
“ICANN is arguably the single most powerful institution in the world” - Jeff Baron
In every format, the main stream media is losing patrons. From failing newspapers to falling television ratings, the old model is dying because of the internet.
The Internet has become the primary source for information for a huge percentage of Westerners today.
In fact, in the last 25 years the internet has transformed the world. It has completely revamped the way people do business, communicate, purchase household goods, plan vacations, find friends, look up information and just about every human activity imaginable.
Since it first became available for average people, the internet has been a way to find information the elites did not want exposed and they have been looking to shut down that freedom of information for years.
Subsequently with the support of numerous multinational corporations like Microsoft, Google, Dell, Yahoo, Amazon, and Facebook along with the blessing from globalist mouth pieces like the Council on Foreign Relations, the LA Times, NBC, the International Chamber of Commerce and Human Rights Watch, President Obama failed to renew the contract with ICANN effectively giving the control over the internet to a private company.
That company is ICANN (Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers) and it is a CA based nonprofit corporation. In 1998, the Commerce Department began contracting with ICANN, to take over management of IANA (The Internet Assigned Numbers Authority) and the internet’s domain name system.
The US Commerce Department has, for the most part, let ICANN govern itself, but it maintained the authority to pull the nonprofit’s contract.
In essence ICANN records the numbers (easier for computers to use) using words (easier for humans to use) through DNS.
Domain name system (DNS) is basically a directory for internet-connected devices that helps translate domain names to numerical IP addresses. Without DNS it is difficult for people to access websites as it requires remembering large numbers of IP address, a series of numbers such as “126.96.36.199”.
So President Obama just ceded power over the allocation of domain names from Google.com to your church’s website without the consent of Congress and over the objections of millions of citizens.
Those supporting the transfer are quick to report that there is nothing to fear from this transfer, after all ICANN is a “private” company under a global multi-stakeholder group to oversee its Board of Directors. What can possibly go wrong with the internet in the hands of a “private” company? Plenty.
ICANN is first and foremost, a complete monopoly. It has exclusive rights to allow and renew domain names and that is a power it has not always been used benevolently.
It also has complete control over how much to charge for a top level domain such as .com, .net, .biz and several times in the past, it has abused those powers.
For instance it allowed a top level domain named .sucks to be purchased by the company Vox Populi which charges $2,500 to protect a company’s or individuals name from being purchased and slandered with a .sucks after it, then failed to rein the company in when it was running an extortion operation.
ICANN has also been accused numerous times of siding with those who have the most to pay its fees and since it costs over a million dollars to have ICANN officially look into a complaint, not many decisions are overturned.
Another troubling aspect of ICANN is that ICANN has made a fortune off of its rapidly expanding list of Generic Top Level Domain Names (gTLDs). Names like .lawyer; .google; .africa are going for at least $200,000 each and then annual fees.
The .web domain brought $135,000,000 into their coffers giving them not only a complete monopoly on issuing domains but the means to create a very monopolistic self-supporting group of elites.
Amazon, the giant online retailer, applied to register the gTLD .amazon. ICANN has written limitations that govern the sale of a domain name but since the name .amazon does not fall, into any of the categories that are forbidden there should have no problems with Amazon’s request.
Only there was, the South American countries of Brazil and Peru, through the interest group Government Advisory Committee (GAC), declared this application to be illegal, based on the fact that the Amazon River is a geographical area inhabited by some 30million people.
ICANN sided with the governments proving that the advantage of being a monopoly is that you get to make up rules as you go along. Amazon is now in the process of suing ICANN over the matter.
The exact same thing happened to the sports company called Patagonia when it filed for the .patagonia domain. The governments of Argentina and Chile objected and ICANN decided against selling the name to the company.
This trend shows that not only are rules made to be broken but governments are meant to be appeased.
This pattern is more than disturbing considering that since 1998, nations that routinely censor the internet of their citizens including Russia, China, Iran and Saudi Arabia have pushed extremely hard to place the functions of ICANN under the control of the U.N.’s Russian dominated International Telecommunications Union (ITU) and President Obama may very well have just handed them their chance.
For, as stated above, ICANN holds a COMPLETE monopoly over the World Wide Web root zone and complete monopolies in private hands are illegal in most of the world. When operating under contract with the Commerce Department, ICANN becomes a legal monopolist as it becomes an “instrumentality” of government.
As L. Gordon Crovitz points out in his article “U.S. Surrender: Internet Giveaway to the U.N.?,” once ICANN became independent, they lost that umbrella of US Government protection leaving them open to legal challenges from every despotic government on earth looking to force them under the control of the United Nations.
Hence President Obama, in another case of: “if you want your doctor, you can keep your doctor;
“Simply lied again when he pledged that ICANN would not replace U.S. control for a “government-led or an inter-governmental organization solution.”
This fact is verified on 10/14/16 When Obama gave a speech in Pittsburg, PA in which he glorified the days of the three major networks delivering the news that most people trusted.
There has to be, I think, some sort of way in which we can sort through information that passes some basic truthiness tests and those that we have to discard, because they just don’t have any basis in anything that’s actually happening in the world,” Obama added.
“That is hard to do, but I think it’s going to be necessary, it’s going to be possible. The answer is obviously not censorship, but it’s creating places where people can say ‘this is reliable’ and I’m still able to argue safely about facts and what we should do about it.” he added.
There should be no longer any doubt as to why Obama went against Congress and the people to give away the internet; we can no longer have the “wild-wild-west-of-information flow” out there to inform the people of what is really going on in the world.
“Look at the European parliament. There are a lot of people who are looking for simplistic solutions and are preaching simplistic solutions which are very unfriendly policies. We have them here in Europe; too, we have them in Germany too.”
“Digitization is a disruptive technological force that brings about deep-seated change and transformation in society. Look at the history of the printing press, when this was invented what kind of consequences it had, or industrialization, what consequences that had.”
“Very often, it led to enormous transformational processes within individual societies and it took a while until societies learned to find the right kinds of policies to contain this, to manage and steer this. We live in a period of profound transformation.”
Directing her ire against the Germans who are angered with her flooding Germany with Muslim invaders and massive job loss, she lashed out against PEGIDA, the anti-mass migration and counter-Islamisation movement, repeating their slogan: ‘Wir Sind Das Volk’ - ‘We Are The People’ - the chancellor said:
“The most important and noble task of politicians these days is to see that each and every person can find his place. But those who purportedly belong to certain groups say ‘we are the people, and not others’.”
In another of those frequent ironies so often dumped on the citizens, Merkel, a former (?) East German communist, now says of PEGIDA:
“At the time when we had [this saying] in the GDR [East Germany] when the people stood in the streets and said ‘we are the people’ it filled me with great joy, but the fact these people have hijacked it does not fill me with joy.”
How long will it be before other world leaders join Ms. Merkel and president Obama in demanding web censorship?
Certainly foreign media is now calling for it as Germany’s Zeit newspaper published a piece calling for controls to prevent “a German Donald Trump”, while Britain’s Independent former newspaper website published a list of “fake” news sites which they claimed may have “swayed votes towards Donald Trump”.
Even the British news outlet “The Guardian” is in on the fake news bandwagon. That list is the same list being circulated by Google and Facebook.
Consequently, now, the very instrument that has become the great equalizing force against corporatism/globalism’s control over the main stream media might now become just another weapon in their arsenal of global censorship.
Unfortunately, it is only one of several ways the internet is being manipulated for corporatist/governmental advantage. One only needs to look at the two most popular search engines and the most popular social media site to see complete censorship in action.
What kind of drug does one have to take to believe Microsoft is a friend? - Dr. Roy Schestowitz
Google, Bing and Facebook have an unbroken record of suppressing sites, postings and searches that don’t follow their world view. Of the three, Bing is certainly the smallest but being part of Microsoft, perhaps they try harder. Bing claims to be neutral and in fact, the subscriber can set the search engine to their own preference of conservative; liberal; Christian; etc. so how can they be biased?
Well the Bing headline on August 16, 2016 for the conservative bias setting in Bing featured three negative Trump articles:
– Donald Trump plots strategy on ISIS - and campaign revival (CNN)
– Analysis: Making Sense of Donald Trump’s Disjointed Foreign Policy Pitch (NBC News)
– Early Voting Limits Donald Trump’s Time to Turn Campaign Around (New York Times)
The first headline implies Trump’s campaign had stalled and needs revival. The second inferred Trump’s foreign policy was chaotic and the third noted that the early vote will give Hillary such a lead that discouraged Trump supporters won’t vote.
Microsoft, donated $650,000 to the Hillary Clinton campaign and both Bill and Melinda Gates were considered as possible Vice Presidential running mates for her Presidential campaign.
This is the Bill Gates, founder of Microsoft, whose obsession with globalism and censorship is well known and on Sept. 20, 2016 at a conference in Vancouver, B.C. he openly stated that opposition to globalism is “a huge concern,” and says the underlying issues of resistance to it warrant a close examination.
This is the same Bill Gates that along with Steve Ballmer (Microsoft CEO) spoke at the World Economic Forum in Davos, Switzerland in early 2015 on the critical need for immigration and more H-1B visas because of a shortage of high tech workers, and then laid off some 18,000 American high tech workers.
In 2010, China demanded that Google and Microsoft censor the results of their search engines in China.
Google resisted but Microsoft was more than willing to go along. Bill Gates even criticized Google’s decision to uncensor their search engine in China by saying:
“You’ve got to decide: do you want to obey the laws of the countries you’re in or not? If not, you may not end up doing business there.”
Microsoft CEO Steve Ballmer then said “If the Chinese government gives us proper legal notice, we’ll take that piece of information out of the Bing search engine.”
Chinese President Xi Jinping also stopped in for dinner at Bill Gates house in September of 2015 before meeting with the heads of Microsoft, Google and Facebook amongst other business leaders.
So great is the Bing Censorship of China that the Chinese Web anti-censorship monitoring service has gone to great lengths to show that Bing censors content in China even more than the Chinese State owned search engine” Baidu” does. But don’t worry; Microsoft’s support of the ICANN was completely in the name of a “free” internet.
Privacy is no longer a “social norm.” - Mark Zuckerberg
Facebook is just as bad. In addition to being an outspoken advocate of globalism and a liberal, Facebook CEO Mark Zuckerberg is the controlling force behind the most powerful social media platform ever created. Facebook controls the global dialogue used by over a billion people with an invisible touch that is unprecedented.
Almost two-thirds of American adults get news from social media, with 44% of them getting their news from Facebook alone.
This means Facebook’s algorithms dominate the information of almost half the American public. As Gizmodo’s Michael Nuñez puts it, “with Facebook, we don’t know what we’re not seeing.”
And he controls that platform with an iron grip.
Facebook has conducted numerous studies to better understand how information spreads in a social network. For instance, in 2010 Facebook conducted a secret experiment on 61 million unknowing people by tampering with their news feeds to find out how successfully it could manipulate the real-world voting habits of those people.
Later, Facebook released the findings and claimed that they increased voter turnout by more than 340,000 people. Facebook regularly skews the news it posts; in 2012 it manipulated the feeds on 700,000 people without their consent to make them feel sad and then published the results in the respected (?) scientific journal “Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences.”
The results showed fairly conclusively that Facebook had found the key to intentionally influencing people’s emotions. That year they did the same type of experiment on 1.9 million people to influence the US election. In 2014 Facebook used the rainbow flag as another experiment to get people to be more accepting of same-sex marriage.
Facebook has made an empire of selling information about every person they can. It openly manipulates the feeds and posts they allow on Facebook and the posts people are allowed to place for other members of Facebook.
Facebook is now “reluctantly” being “forced” to manipulate their algorithm to crack down on “fake” news being posted on Facebook.
Though this sounds like a noble goal, the potential for censorship is unmistakable, especially when one looks at the list of websites they plan on censoring.
The sites Facebook and Google are going to censor as “fake” was created by a self-proclaimed feminist assistant professor at Merrimack College who did not like the sites her students citing in their research papers.
Sites like Breitbart; Realfarmacy; Lew Rockwell; Zerohedge; and World Net Daily.
Though all have posted articles that have proven to be false, Facebook has no problem with posting articles from even less reliable news site like USA Today; MSNBC; CNN; BBC and the New York Times. Google is now planning on using this same list to censor content. It does not take a rocket scientist to see where this censorship is headed.
In fact, in one of the most blatant acts of “fake news” to ever hit the news media was perpetrated by the New York Times in early 1957, when a former war correspondent, Herbert L. Matthews, wrote numerous articles filled with the glories and praises of a young Cuban revolutionary named Fidel Castro.
Article after article spewing from Matthews’ typewriter glowed with tales that eventually created a Robin Hood persona for a murdering communist thug. It cannot be understated how important the “fake news” was to propel Castro into power. Yet the New York Times stands as a purveyor of honest journalism according to our Ministry of “truth.”
“We know where you are. We know where you’ve been. We can more or less know what you’re thinking about.” - Eric Schmidt
The last of the big three masters of manipulation is Google, and they are arguably the biggest of the bunch. Google CEO Eric Schmidt is about as open with his liberal bias as one could ever be. The Bilderberg attendee bankrolled a startup company called “The Groundwork” to provide technical experts Hillary Clinton needed to run her campaign. Schmidt was instrumental in getting Barack Obama elected both times as he was the main supplier of technical experts for all three campaigns.
Technology is right up Schmidt’s alley as Google is the defacto gateway to information. Google averages some 40,000 search queries every second equaling over 3.5 billion searches per day and 1.2 trillion searches per year worldwide.
Google conducts over 64% of all internet searches in the US and over 90% in some countries. Google has indexed some 45 billion web pages while Bing, its closest competitor has only 14 billion.
Of course the 45 billion web pages are only part of the Schmidt plan to control everything on earth. Schmidt has stated that privacy is an excuse to hide wrongdoing:
“If you have something that you don’t want anyone to know, maybe you shouldn’t be doing it in the first place.”
In his plan to deprive you of your privacy, Schmidt has employed some of the world’s top technocrats to find ever more powerful ways to pry into every corner of your life since Google’s business is, literally, mass surveillance, and they have become amazingly good at it.
They are also a contractor to the US Government, including the NSA and several military contractors as well. When Edward Snowden revealed to the world the unimaginable world of government spying on US citizens, he also revealed that the NSA has direct access to the information stored on Google’s computers as they do to Facebook, Twitter, Bing and every other company storing online information on you.
In a US News and World Report article published on 6/22/16, contributor Robert Epstein wrote an extremely troubling article on just how powerful Google is. According to Epstein:
“When Google’s employees or algorithms decide to block our access to information about a news item, political candidate or business, it causes opinions and votes to shift, reputations to be ruined and businesses to crash and burn.
Because online censorship is entirely unregulated at the moment, victims have little or no recourse when they have been harmed.”
Epstein then exposes blacklists that Google wields like Jack the Ripper did his knives with the first being the autocomplete blacklist. This one is simple enough; it quietly guides the searcher to where the company wants you to go.
From directing away from negative articles on Hillary Clinton to pointing to negative articles on Donald Trump, there is little doubt that Google had a large impact on the recent US election. In any search you make, the algorithm is your spiritual guide.
Google maps is a stalker’s dream showing just about every house and area in the US and huge sections of the world. They did not ask for permission to film your house, they just did it.
Military installations and a few other places are excluded but chances are, your house is there.
Google’s You Tube blacklist allows users to tag certain clips as inappropriate and Google’s censors may or may not remove them.
However, You Tube is notorious for removing politically and morally conservative videos on a regular basis while never doing the same to liberal videos. They are also willing to work with foreign governments to determine which videos will be allowed to be shown in the country.
The Google account blacklist can cut people’s access to their own email account as well as You Tube and other Google products without any notice or recourse.
The Google News blacklist is insidious in every way. They are the biggest news aggregator on the planet, tracking tens of thousands of news sources daily and converting them to numerous languages.
They have been accused on numerous occasions of excluding conservative news feeds as well as certain writers and competing companies. This is an incredibly powerful and nearly unnoticeable tool to promote political, moral and/or religious agenda.
Google Adwords blacklist is how Google gets the lion’s share of its money (some $56 billion annually) by selling keywords to the highest bidders.
These keywords are how the website is found by searchers so if your site does not have them, you are going to sink. On numerous occasions, Google has simply deleted those keywords on sites effectively making them invisible and financially crushing them.
The search engine blacklist is a make or break situation for many web pages. Google, for many unknown reasons will push web page down the list of rankings effectively ruining many businesses in a very short time.
The power to “blacklist” a site is Google’s most dreaded weapon however. Google claims this power is to keep the internet free from malicious malware which, they claim is a public service. The problems with this argument are many however. Google’s crawlers often make mistakes, blacklisting websites that do not contain malware.
Because of how extensively Google crawls the web, all the other main search engines use their “blacklist” which means that once on the list, the site is effectively cut off from public access.
Google has used this power on numerous occasions on people they do not like.
Google even profits from this arrangement as they collect information from every user that accesses Google’s results and then sells it. Google has, for all intents and purposes, become the internet police man and they use this power to further their globalist agenda on a regular basis and it is now supporting the same list of “fake” news sites that the British Independent and Facebook are touting.
Google, Microsoft and Facebook have all three censored users on the behest of world governments and all three; have consistently censored users for no apparent reason. They, along with Twitter (another social media monster) sided with Obama to give away America’s right the control the internet.
“Those who can make you believe absurdities, can make you commit atrocities.” - Voltaire
Tragically, the US now finds every purveyor of media has been compromised and censored by those with globalist views. Once ICANN loses its independence to the UN, the corporatist/governmental takeover will be complete.
Controlling access to information is every tyrant’s dream and our government is no different.
The main stream media did a masterful job of concealing the 2008 economic meltdown from the masses just like they have the corruption of Hillary Clinton; the imploding Deutsche Bank; the growing threat of nuclear war with Russia; the threat of an EMP from North Korea and now the escalating violence of the Clinton supporters after the election of Donald Trump.
It was only the access of the people to alternative news sites that alerted and continue to alert those willing to listen to truth that news of these events get out at all.
Post-election America is now a powder keg awaiting a spark. The Green Party candidate for President, Jill Stein, started a fund to recount the votes in three states in hopes of overturning the election of Donald Trump and now Democratic candidate Hillary Clinton has joined her in what is only going to create a greater rift in our already shredded national tapestry.
This is only a part of the drama as now; the Washington Post has publically called the Drudge Report, Zero Hedge and former Congressman Ron Paul agents of Russian Propaganda. As if on cue, the call has come from numerous governments on the spread of “hate speech” in the US and the call to regulate it.
Which Mark Zukerberg is only too happy to oblige as he outlined a seven point plan to help stop the “spread” of “fake news” on Facebook. So convincing is this “fake news” that it fools most students a new “study” finds which of course means that our very Ministry of Truth will need to decipher it for us. In fact, the media is now calling on the FBI to investigate the “fake news” without a shred of evidence to support them.
With a growing population of closed minded bigots unwilling to even listen to opposing opinions or facts, the US is slowly returning to the Dark Ages with only a few sources controlling access to information.
Freedom loving people everywhere should all be asking themselves why this particular time was chosen for Obama to open the door for the UN takeover of an already censored internet.
It is past time to look into a ham radio and other forms of communication that cannot be controlled by the elites. Here in the Pacific Northwest we have an excellent source for information called the “Radio Free Redoubt.”
Time is of the essence as the days of the open internet are coming to a rapid close.
“Hell is truth seen too late.”Thomas Hobbes – Leviathan
The Question That Fluoridation Promoters Can’t Answer December 17 2016 | From: FluorideAlert
During 2016, I asked this question to many fluoridation promoters and have yet to receive an adequate scientific answer.
I asked it in several audiences in New Zealand and also to promoters at a council hearing in Naples, Florida and most recently at a debate in Cortland, New York with Johnny Johnson and Steve Slott. Neither Johnson nor Slott, otherwise very vocal on promoting fluoridation, had an answer.
“What primary scientific studies (not bogus reviews conducted by pro-fluoridation agencies) can you cite that gives you the confidence to ignore or dismiss the evidence that fluoride damages the brain as documented in over 300 animal and human studies (including 50 IQ studies).”
If proponents cannot provide an adequate scientific answer to this question: fluoridation should be halted immediately.
On Nov 22, 2016, Michael Connett, JD, asked this question to the US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), on behalf of FAN, Food & Water Watch, Organic Consumers Association, American Academy of Environmental Medicine, International Academy of Oral Medicine and Toxicology, Moms Against Fluoridation, and several individual mothers, in a petition calling on the EPA to ban the deliberate addition of fluoridating chemicals to the drinking water under provisions in the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA).
The EPA has 90 days to reply, and if they fail to provide a satisfactory reply then they can be taken to Federal Court.
How you can take this further?
We are requesting that each one of you to ask this question of any promoter of fluoridation – and keep asking it throughout 2017 until you can get an answer. Send that answer to us.
Based on responses we have seen so far we anticipate that there will be no satisfactory answers. In our view, there is no scientific evidence that could justify ignoring the large number of scientific studies that fluoride damages the brain and thus no justification for continuing this unethical and reckless practice of deliberately adding fluoridating chemicals to the drinking water.
This in essence will be our 2017 campaign. Very simple, very direct and very important. We hope that you will support this in two ways: a) ask this showstopper question in as many creative ways as you can and as many times as you can, and b) support FAN financially.
Five More Ways to Take Action:
1. Send a letter-to-the-editor to your local newspapers
Climate Scare Declared Officially Over- Error In Model Calculations Discovered December 16 2016 | From: RickWells
Acclaimed climate realist and former adviser to British Prime Minister Margaret Thatcher, Lord Christopher Monckton, has some major news of a breakthrough discovery he has made in the area of climate science. Comment: How long are the Cabal going to try to bury this latest hit?
He’s interviewed at the “Global-Warming; an Inconvenient Lie” conference in Phoenix, AZ by Millie Weaver, a reporter for Infowars.
Moncton is proud to be able to announce that he and his;
“Team of very distinguished professors and doctors of science have discovered a major, significant, substantial error in the way in which the computer models calculate how much warming they would predict should be happening.”
He says, “Take that error away and there is no longer any climate problem. You might get one or two Celsius of warming with a doubling of CO2 concentration but you won’t get much more than that.”
He says, “All the suggestions that we’re facing some tipping point and suddenly we might see five or six, seven, eight, ten, twelve, thirteen Celsius of warming for a doubling of CO2, the kind of dramatic figures that have been appearing in some scientific papers, we can now prove that all of those very high end forecasts of how much warming we might get are based on an error in mathematics.
Correct for the error and we are back down to a maximum of two, perhaps two and a half Celsius of warming for a doubling of CO2.”
Monckton says, “I have been looking for this error in the mathematics for ten years. I have known it was there but I didn’t know what the error was, I just knew they’d made a mistake."
He then goes on to explain in some mathematical detail how he knew it, describing himself as a classical mathematician.
He also has an announcement regarding a discovery by one of his esteemed colleagues, Professor William Happer of Princeton, who discovered that “the central estimate of global warming has been exaggerated by forty percent.”
When his result is combined with the discovery by Monckton declares, officially, that the climate scare is over.
Infowars Reporter Millie Weaver interviews Lord Christopher Monckton who reveals a breaking discovery which may prove the entire 'climate change' scare is based on faulty mathematics.
At the "Global-Warming; an Inconvenient Lie" conference in Phoenix, AZ Lord Monckton covers in depth the mathematical discovery his team has made and announces that these findings have been submitted for proper peer review.
Michigan Recount Exposes Clinton Electoral Fraud: Half Of Detroit Votes Show Signs Of Tampering December 16 2016 | From: RussiaInsider
This is some next-level poetic justice: A Michigan recount backed by Jill Stein and the Democrats, and intended to deligitimize Trump's astonishing victory on November 8, has actually exposed widespread fraud in precincts which voted heavily for Clinton.
“Michigan’s largest county voted overwhelmingly for Democratic candidate Hillary Clinton, but officials couldn’t reconcile vote totals for 610 of 1,680 precincts during a countywide canvass of vote results late last month.
Most of those are in heavily Democratic Detroit, where the number of ballots in precinct poll books did not match those of voting machine printout reports in 59 percent of precincts, 392 of 662.
According to state law, precincts whose poll books don’t match with ballots can’t be recounted. If that happens, original election results stand.
“It’s not good,” conceded Daniel Baxter, elections director for the city of Detroit."
Here's the best part: Officials blame the scanners used to tally votes for the huge discrepancies. Hard to believe:
“Once they started the Michigan recount in earnest, and knowing he would be exposed, the Detroit City Clerk Daniel Baxter all of a sudden started claiming that the optical scanners which read the paper ballots did not work the day of the election.
Baxter blamed the discrepancies on decade-old voting machines. That is his cover story. Nothing like this was mentioned until he realized their voting fraud scheme would be detected.
Baxter’s claim is that, when trying to push the ballots through the readers, the ballots would be stuck and they’d have to push them through again thus ‘ACCIDENTALLY’ resulting in a double count.
He says the poll workers sometimes ‘FORGET’ to adjust the machine count and instead let the ballot count twice."
Ken Crider, a 2014 Republican candidate for District 19 of the Michigan House of Representatives, said he watched the recount effort in Cobo Hall in Detroit with his wife, Penny. In a Facebook post Tuesday, he claimed to have witnessed some serious ballot discrepancies. Crider wrote:
“Penny Crider and I just got back from helping watch the recount at Cobo Hall in Detroit. On Nov. 8th (Election Day) the election officials at 8:00 p.m. shut down the polls.
They then reconciled the differences from the machine count and the voter count on the computer. At this point, a Metal tag/seal with a serial number is put on the box and the box was taken away.
Penny’s precinct, Detroit Precinct #152 had an unbroken seal and everything looked proper. The tag on the box said 306 and the book said 306 and the ticket said 306, so there should be 306 paper ballots on the box, right.
Well when they pulled out the ballots the stack seemed short and when they finished separating the two page ballot to count the Presidential page only guess how many ballots were in the box?
304 no, 299 nope, 200 nada, how about 100 wrong again. There were only exactly 50 paper ballots in a locked sealed box that again was supposed to have 306. Hmm.
Oh I forgot to add, since there was a discrepancy in the two numbers, the original count stands.
One more thing my precinct (sorry I forgot the number), had 525 votes on the book, tag and ticket and we counted 525 ballots the election official was praising the Lord “Hallelujah we have a countable precinct” Jill Stein had three (3) votes."
In other words: In Democratic Detroit, each vote was counted 6 times!
Just imagine the landslide popular vote victory Trump would have enjoyed if the Democrats played fair on Election Day.
A little simple logic demolishes the CIA’s claims. The CIA claim they “know the individuals” involved. Yet under Obama the USA has been absolutely ruthless in its persecution of whistleblowers, and its pursuit of foreign hackers through extradition.
We are supposed to believe that in the most vital instance imaginable, an attempt by a foreign power to destabilise a US election, even though the CIA knows who the individuals are, nobody is going to be arrested or extradited, or (if in Russia) made subject to yet more banking and other restrictions against Russian individuals?
Plainly it stinks. The anonymous source claims of “We know who it was, it was the Russians” are beneath contempt.
As Julian Assange has made crystal clear, the leaks did not come from the Russians. As I have explained countless times, they are not hacks, they are insider leaks – there is a major difference between the two.
And it should be said again and again, that if Hillary Clinton had not connived with the DNC to fix the primary schedule to disadvantage Bernie, if she had not received advance notice of live debate questions to use against Bernie, if she had not accepted massive donations to the Clinton foundation and family members in return for foreign policy influence, if she had not failed to distance herself from some very weird and troubling people, then none of this would have happened.
The continued ability of the mainstream media to claim the leaks lost Clinton the election because of “Russia”, while still never acknowledging the truths the leaks reveal, is Kafkaesque.
I had a call from a Guardian journalist this afternoon. The astonishing result was that for three hours, an article was accessible through the Guardian front page which actually included the truth among the CIA hype:
“The Kremlin has rejected the hacking accusations, while the WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange has previously said the DNC leaks were not linked to Russia.
A second senior official cited by the Washington Post conceded that intelligence agencies did not have specific proof that the Kremlin was “directing” the hackers, who were said to be one step removed from the Russian government.
Craig Murray, the former UK ambassador to Uzbekistan, who is a close associate of Assange, called the CIA claims “bullshit”, adding: “They are absolutely making it up.”
“I know who leaked them,” Murray said. “I’ve met the person who leaked them, and they are certainly not Russian and it’s an insider. It’s a leak, not a hack; the two are different things.
“If what the CIA are saying is true, and the CIA’s statement refers to people who are known to be linked to the Russian state, they would have arrested someone if it was someone inside the United States.
“America has not been shy about arresting whistleblowers and it’s not been shy about extraditing hackers. They plainly have no knowledge whatsoever.”"
But only three hours. While the article was not taken down, the home page links to it vanished and it was replaced by a ludicrous one repeating the mad CIA allegations against Russia and now claiming – incredibly – that the CIA believe the FBI is deliberately blocking the information on Russian collusion.
Presumably this totally nutty theory, that Putin is somehow now controlling the FBI, is meant to answer my obvious objection that, if the CIA know who it is, why haven’t they arrested somebody. That bit of course would be the job of the FBI, who those desperate to annul the election now wish us to believe are the KGB.
It is terrible that the prime conduit for this paranoid nonsense is a once great newspaper, the Washington Post, which far from investigating executive power, now is a sounding board for totally evidence free anonymous source briefing of utter bullshit from the executive.
In the UK, one single article sums up the total abnegation of all journalistic standards. The truly execrable Jonathan Freedland of the Guardian writes “Few credible sources doubt that Russia was behind the hacking of internal Democratic party emails, whose release by Julian Assange was timed to cause maximum pain to Hillary Clinton and pleasure for Trump.”
Does he produce any evidence at all for this assertion?
No, none whatsoever. What does a journalist mean by a “credible source”?
Well, any journalist worth their salt in considering the credibility of a source will first consider access. Do they credibly have access to the information they claim to have?
Now both Julian Assange and I have stated definitively the leak does not come from Russia. Do we credibly have access? Yes, very obviously. Very, very few people can be said to definitely have access to the source of the leak. The people saying it is not Russia are those who do have access. After access, you consider truthfulness.
Do Julian Assange and I have a reputation for truthfulness? Well in 10 years not one of the tens of thousands of documents WikiLeaks has released has had its authenticity successfully challenged. As for me, I have a reputation for inconvenient truth telling.
Contrast this to the “credible sources” Freedland relies on. What access do they have to the whistleblower? Zero. They have not the faintest idea who the whistleblower is. Otherwise they would have arrested them. What reputation do they have for truthfulness? It’s the Clinton gang and the US government, for goodness sake.
In fact, the sources any serious journalist would view as “credible” give the opposite answer to the one Freedland wants.
But in what passes for Freedland’s mind, “credible” is 100% synonymous with “establishment”. When he says “credible sources” he means “establishment sources”. That is the truth of the “fake news” meme. You are not to read anything unless it is officially approved by the elite and their disgusting, crawling whores of stenographers like Freedland.
The worst thing about all this is that it is aimed at promoting further conflict with Russia. This puts everyone in danger for the sake of more profits for the arms and security industries – including of course bigger budgets for the CIA. As thankfully the four year agony of Aleppo comes swiftly to a close today, the Saudi and US armed and trained ISIS forces counter by moving to retake Palmyra.
This game kills people, on a massive scale, and goes on and on.
“Senate Republican Leader Mitch McConnell (Ky.) voiced doubts about the veracity of the intelligence, according to officials present.
A senior U.S. official said there were minor disagreements among intelligence officials about the agency’s assessment, in part because some questions remain unanswered.
For example, intelligence agencies do not have specific intelligence showing officials in the Kremlin “directing” the identified individuals to pass the Democratic emails to WikiLeaks ….
Julian Assange, the founder of WikiLeaks, has said in a television interview that the “Russian government is not the source.” [The former intelligence analyst, British Ambassador to Uzbekistan, and chancellor of the University of Dundee (Craig Murray) – who is close friends with Wikileaks’ Assange – said he knows with 100% certainty that the Russians aren’t behind the leaks.]
“I’ll be the first one to come out and point at Russia if there’s clear evidence, but there is no clear evidence — even now,” said Rep. Devin Nunes (R-Calif.), the chairman of the House Intelligence Committee and a member of the Trump transition team. “There’s a lot of innuendo, lots of circumstantial evidence, that’s it.”
Indeed, some cybersecurity consultants claim that it’s impossible to ever know for sure who is behind hacks of this nature.
But that’s wrong …
In reality, it would be child’s play to determine whether or not the Russians really hacked the Dem emails and shared them with Wikileaks.
The NSA executive who created the agency’s mass surveillance program for digital information, who served as the senior technical director within the agency, who managed six thousand NSA employees, the 36-year NSA veteran widely regarded as a “legend” within the agency and the NSA’s best-ever analyst and code-breaker, who mapped out the Soviet command-and-control structure before anyone else knew how, and so predicted Soviet invasions before they happened (“in the 1970s, he decrypted the Soviet Union’s command system, which provided the US and its allies with real-time surveillance of all Soviet troop movements and Russian atomic weapons”) – confirmed to Washington’s Blog that the NSA would definitely know who the hacker was.
Do they have evidence that the Russians downloaded and later forwarded those emails to wikileaks? Seems to me that they need to answer those questions to be sure that their assertion is correct.
You can tell from the network log who is going into a site. I used that on networks that I had. I looked to see who came into my LAN, where they went, how long they stayed and what they did while in my network.
Further, if you needed to, you could trace back approaches through other servers etc. Trace Route and Trace Watch are good examples of monitoring software that help do these things. Others of course exist … probably the best are in NSA/GCHQ and the other Five Eyes countries. But, these countries have no monopoly on smart people that could do similar detection software."
“If the idiots in the intelligence community expect us to believe them after all the crap they have told us (like WMD’s in Iraq and “no we don’t collect data on millions or hundreds of millions of Americans”) then they need to give clear proof of what they say. So far, they have failed to prove anything.
Which suggests they don’t have proof and just want to war monger the US public into a second cold war with the Russians.
After all, there’s lots and lots of money in that for the military-industrial-intelligence-governmental complex of incestuous relationships.
If you recall, a few years ago they pointed to a specific building in China that was where hacks on the US were originating. So, let’s see the same from the Russians. They don’t have it. That’s why they don’t show it. They want to swindle us again and again and again. You can not trust these intelligence agencies period."
“U.S. officials “know how many people [beyond the Russians] could have done this but they aren’t telling us anything. All they’re doing is promoting another cold war.”
Binney … compared allegations about Russian hacks to previous U.S. fabrications of intelligence to justify the invasion of Iraq in 2003 and the bombing of North Vietnam in 1964.
“This is a big mistake, another WMD or Tonkin Gulf affair that’s being created until they have absolute proof” of Russian complicity in the DNC hacks, he charged during a Newsweek interview. He noted that after the Kremlin denied complicity in the downing of a Korean Airlines flight in 1983, the U.S. “exposed the conversations where [Russian pilots] were ordered to shoot it down.” Obama officials “have the evidence now” of who hacked the DNC, he charged. “So let’s see it, guys.“
“If it were the Russians, NSA would have a trace route to them and not equivocate on who did it. It’s like using “Trace Route” to map the path of all the packets on the network. In the program Treasuremap NSA has hundreds of trace route programs embedded in switches in Europe and hundreds more around the world. So, this set-up should have detected where the packets went and when they went there.
In other words, there’s no need to speculate on whether the Russians were the hackers. The NSA could easily determine who was behind the hacks.
Of course, in an era where challenging officials to provide evidence may get one labeled as a Russian propagandist, the question is how many people will stand up for the all-American value of questioning the proclamations of those in power:
Tucker Carlson DESTROYS Congressman Adam Schiff On Russian Interference In U.S Election
New Zealand's 'Unusual' Earthquake Raises Complex Questions + USGS: “Early 20th Century Earthquakes May Have Been Man Made December 15 2016 | From: Sott / Uncensored
A devastating earthquake has hit New Zealand, but this unusual event, with long duration slip on several faults, will also provide an astounding data set for understanding a complex tectonic region.
Map showing location of the M7.8 epicenter (star), M > 3.0 aftershocks up until 04:20 NZ time on the 18th November (n = 1,782)
New Zealand was rocked by a magnitude 7.8 earthquake on Monday 14th November. This event had unusual aspects of slip distribution, duration, and kinematics, from which we will learn a lot about earthquake mechanics as data are collected.
The event that started ~100 km north of Christchurch with displacements less than 1 m, propagated northward, creating the largest surface displacements (so far observed) near the northern termination of the earthquake rupture, at the northeast tip of the South Island.
At this early stage, based on preliminary data released by the New Zealand monitoring partnership GeoNet, I find three properties of the earthquake particularly intriguing:
1. Slip Distribution
The large surface displacement at the northern end of the rupture explains why aftershocks are concentrated in the north, and why areas north of the rupture, such as Wellington, experienced more damage than Christchurch, which is closer to but south of the epicenter.
The earthquake adds insight to the discussion of whether an earthquake knows its size when it nucleates - this earthquake started small, and only reached large slip late in its propagation. The USGS estimates the greatest displacements were over 100 km from the epicenter.
Left: Before | Right: After
Therefore, as suggested in recent findings by Meier et al., there seems to have been no way to expect the large size of this earthquake from its small early slip. The question remains, why did the earthquake start small and get larger?
2. Type and Number of Faults
The area of the epicenter lies in the Marlborough fault system, known for strike-slip tectonics where crustal blocks slide horizontally. However, coastal uplift associated with this earthquake demands at least a couple of meters of vertical motion, related to collision or subduction, as well as at least 10 m of strike-slip.
Mapping of surface displacements has furthermore illuminated slip on as many as six faults.
The number of faults involved may explain the relatively long duration and complexity of slip. A question is whether the faults represent a mixture of strike-slip and thrust faults, or a population of variably oblique-slip faults; another question is whether the fault surface traces are linked to form a large fault at depth.
3. Slip Duration
The earthquake slip lasted longer than the one-minute slip duration typically considered to calculate local magnitudes. Initial reports therefore underestimated the magnitude.
The long duration is intriguing; slow propagation is typical of earthquakes originating from the relatively shallow subduction thrust interface, not faults on the continents.
Although this earthquake was not as slow as some 'tsunami earthquakes', this may imply rupture in a weak, low rigidity fault zone (e.g., Bilek and Lay). The earthquake occurred in continental crust, but near a transition from continental transpression on the South Island to westward subduction underneath the east coast North Island.
It has been suggested that subducted continental crust below the current strike-slip system is dehydrating, providing fluids that weaken the overlying continental faults.
As more data emerge, we will therefore learn a lot about how deformation is transferred from a subduction zone to a strike slip system, - also raising questions of what happens in the Cook Strait, between the two main New Zealand islands (see also Pondard and Barnes).
Coastal Uplift After Kaikoura Quake
USGS: “Early 20th Century Earthquakes May Have Been Man Made
A new study from the USGS suggests that some early 20th century earthquakes in southern California might have been induced (man-made) by past practices that were used by the oil and gas industry.
A new study from the USGS suggests that some early 20th century earthquakes in southern California might have been induced (man-made) by past practices that were used by the oil and gas industry.
In the new study, scientists evaluated the likely cause of several significant earthquakes within the Los Angeles Basin between 1900 and 1933, together with consideration of available oil industry records over this period.
They found that several damaging earthquakes, including a 1929 event near Whittier, California (estimated magnitude 5) and the 1933 Long Beach earthquake (magnitude 6.4) might have been induced by oil and/or gas production during the early decades of the Los Angeles-area oil boom.
During the early decades of the oil boom, withdrawal of oil was not balanced by injection of fluids, in some cases leading to dramatic ground subsidence, and potentially perturbing the sub-surface stress field on nearby faults.
In the middle of the 20th century, so-called water-flooding techniques were increasingly employed to compensate for oil withdrawal and to increase production of fields that were becoming depleted. Because industry practices have changed, the results of this study do not necessarily imply a high likelihood of induced earthquakes at the present time.
“It has been widely assumed that induced earthquakes do not contribute significantly to hazard in regions west of the Rocky Mountains, but our research suggests that damaging induced earthquakes might have occurred in the past, ” said Susan Hough, USGS seismologist.
“Our study further suggests that the rate of natural tectonic earthquakes in the Los Angeles basin for this time period might have been lower than previously estimated.”
Earthquake rates have increased sharply in recent years in some parts of the United States, including in Oklahoma, where earthquakes were formerly infrequent. Extensive past research has supported the conclusion that much of this increase is due to disposal of wastewater into deep geologic formations.
The study, “Potentially induced earthquakes during the early 20th century in the Los Angeles Basin,” was published Nov. 1 in the Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America.
“Fake News” Hysteria Hinges On The Laughable Assumption That Corporate-Run Media Has A Divine Monopoly On “Facts” + US Lawmakers Move To Criminalize ‘Fake News, Propaganda’ On The Web December 14 2016 | From: NaturalNews / Sputnik/ Various
The insidious assumption behind the “fake news” accusations being flung far and wide by the fakestream media (CNN, NPR, WashPost, NYT, MSNBC, etc.) is that somehow the corporate media has a divine monopoly on “facts.”
The Cabal Establishment is in Panic Mode as Alternative Media Blasts the Controlled-Mainstream Media Out of the Water - the Corporate Media Lies are Being Exposed Virally, Worldwide.
The assumption is ludicrously demonstrated when MSNBC rolls out “convicted” liar Brian Williams to decry “fake news.”
“As long as the government engages in intelligence activities that violate our rights secured by our Constitution, any Intel Authorization bill should be opposed,” Justin Amash told Sputnik News.”
“Williams also made up stories about Seal Team 6, the fall of the Berlin Wall, the Pope, Hurricane Katrina, quitting college, rescuing a puppy from a house fire, and more,” Breitbart continues.
If the Media Establishment Only Tells the Truth, Why are so Many of Their News Reports Obviously Faked?
If the corporate-run media really had some sort of divine monopoly on “facts,” then none of us would be able to find examples of laughably fake news on their websites, would we? Yet even the Washington Post has now been exposed for, if you can believe it, faking a news story about fake news!
Any honest investigation can go right down the list: CNN, NYT, WashPost, HuffPost, LA Times, USA Today, NPR, MSNBC, Fox News and so on… every one of these “news” organizations has run genuinely fake news while claiming it was “fact.”
It’s not even difficult to find examples of these organizations deliberately fabricating fake news in order to alter the outcome of the recent election.
Nearly all of them reported, for example, some variation of the absurd claim that “Donald Trump can’t win the election.”
These are also the same fake news organizations that obediently and enthusiastically repeated Obama’s fabricated claims about Obamacare. Remember “If you like your doctor, you can keep your doctor?”
Another way the Media Fakes the News: Censorship of Important Stories they Don’t Want you to Learn
And then there are the stories the entire fakestream media censors because they don’t want anyone to learn about actual facts. As a particularly egregious example, it is an established fact that CDC scientist Dr. William Thompson publicly admitted to falsifying scientific data at the CDC to obscure the statistical link between vaccines and autism in African-Americans. That is not only indisputable, it’s also an incredibly important piece of news for the health of all Americans.
Did the fakestream media cover that story? Not by a long shot: They censored it.
Every single fakestream media organization across the country obediently blackballed the story. The censorship was obviously coordinated, deliberate and malicious. Remember, censorship of important facts is another way the insidious corporate-run media lies to its misinformed viewers.
Hilarious Videos of CNN Staging Fake Locations, Fake Missile Attacks and Fake Seafaring
CNN has forever used fakery, theatrics and false reporting to influence public opinion rather than report the news. Perhaps the most hilarious example of dishonest CNN fakery is the Charles Jaco video from the first Gulf War.
In order to pretend to be covering the Gulf War from a live set in Saudi Arabia, CNN built a “Saudi stage” in the USA and faked a SCUD missile attack on its news anchor Charles Jaco.
Hilarious, as the video shows below, while Charles Jaco grabs a gas mask, his co-anchor grabs a helmet (see the 7:00 mark in the video below). It’s funnier than a really bad SNL skit!
Remember, this was all broadcast as “CNN Live,” where CNN literally pretended this was all real and true.
Faking the news is a specialty of CNN, and there are countless examples of the network going out of its way to stage fake sets, fake locations and even use “actors” following mass shootings to make sure the proper narrative is delivered to the public.
For example, this video interview reveals a comprehensive collection of CNN news fakery such as the “bizarre moment when CNN anchors try to pretend they are not in the same parking lot.”
That incident, detailed in this UK Daily Mail article, involved a CNN anchor and guest desperately trying to pretend they were broadcasting live from distant locations when, in reality, they were in the exact same parking lot. (This is evidenced by the simple fact that the exact same vehicles pass behind them, in the exact same sequence…)
CNN frequently uses green screens to fake locations.
The hilarious video below shows CNN building an entire fake ship on a green screen set to try to create the illusion that their reporter is on the scene in the Black Sea, covering US war ships near Ukraine.
During the hilariously bad “fake set” report, the CNN journalist even points off in the distance behind him to try to make the green screen illusion more convincing:
You’ll discover another jaw-dropping compilation of fake, scripted news from the mainstream media in this next video, covering media fakery involving the Gulf War, the defamation of Ron Paul, 9/11 attacks, Bin Laden and more:
The entire Sandy Hook mass shooting narrative was deeply layered in all sorts of CNN fakery, including the use of “actors” who were told to read lines to the cameras while sobbing uncontrollably for maximum effect.
In one case, a cheerful white man is laughing it up in the background, then when signaled to approach the microphone to speak on camera, starts hyperventilating and crying while reading his obviously scripted lines. (The guy turns out to be a professional actor.)
In the same video, shown below, another actor is caught on a hot mic asking, “Do you want me to read the card?” right before sobbing on camera, playing the part of a “grieving parent.”
Yet another Sandy Hook theatrical “fake news” hoax was the use of David Wheeler, a professional actor, as both a “grieving parent” and a SWAT team sniper.
As with all the other actors rolled out for CNN’s cameras, this professional actor performed a scripted role in order to evoke a powerful emotional response with the sole purpose of repealing the Second Amendment (a necessary step before America can be overrun and controlled by radical leftist communists).
The way he carries his sniper rifle (upside down, by the magazine) makes it laughably obvious to anyone familiar with firearms that he has absolutely no clue how to carry a rifle…
The Corporate-Run Media has Done Nothing but Fake the News for Decades
Search YouTube for terms like “CNN green screen” or “crisis actors” or “Sandy Hook” or “faked news” and you can spend hour and after watching clear examples of outlandish news fakery by the mainstream media. It doesn’t take long for any intelligent, clear thinking individual to realize the mainstream media has been faking the news for decades.
CNN, in fact, can be best described as a “fake news theater organization” pretending to be engaged in legitimate journalism.
I even recorded a podcast on this very subject, discussing all the news fakery we’ve all been subjected to over the years by the deliberate fabrications of the corporate-controlled media.
Come to think of it, you probably need to go back and revisit what you think is really true about many historic events covered by the lying media: Oklahoma City, 9/11, Sandy Hook, the assassination of JFK and even the nuking of Japan in World War II.
In every case, what was reported by the lying mainstream media was a scripted narrative, not a serious investigation into what really happened.
US Lawmakers Move To Criminalize ‘Fake News, Propaganda’ On The Web
The witch hunt for “fake news” and “Russian propaganda” has been kicked up a notch, after the House passed a bill quietly tucked inside the Intelligence Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2017, designed to crack down on free speech and independent media.
Under "Title V - Matters relating to foreign countries,” the bill seeks to "counter active measures by Russia to exert covert influence … carried out in coordination with, or at the behest of, political leaders or the security services of the Russian Federation and the role of the Russian Federation has been hidden or not acknowledged publicly.”
It lists media manipulation as:
Establishment or funding of a front group
Disinformation and forgeries
Funding agents of influence
Incitement and offensive counterintelligence
“It is easy to see how this law, if passed by the Senate and signed by the president, could be used to target, threaten, or eliminate so-called ‘fake news’ websites, a list which has been used to arbitrarily define any website, or blog, that does not share the mainstream media’s proclivity to serve as the Public Relations arm of a given administration,” - Global Research reported.
The frightening attack on speech and independent media was opposed by only 30 members of the House, including Tulsi Gabbard, Thomas Massie, and Justin Amash - who stated that he fought against it.
“As long as the government engages in intelligence activities that violate our rights secured by our Constitution, any Intel Authorization bill should be opposed,” Justin Amash told Sputnik News.”
The bill must now pass through Senate, though a senior Rand Paul aide has told Sputnik News that the Senator is currently holding the intelligence bill for several reasons - and that they are looking at this specific issue very closely.
“Curiously, the bill which was passed on November 30, was introduced on November 22, two days before the Washington Post published its Nov. 24 article citing ‘experts’ who claim Russian propaganda helped Donald Trump get elected,” Zero Hedge noted.
The ‘experts’ the newspaper cited was a group called “PropOrNot,” although it have refused to name the experts behind the operation. The organization has promoted a Ukrainian hacker group on their Twitter feed.
PropOrNot also listed over 200 websites that they accuse of peddling Russian propaganda, including extremely popular news websites on all sides of the political spectrum, including The Drudge Report, Zero Hedge, TruthOut, Sputnik News, and even WikiLeaks.
Former presidential candidate Ron Paul’s website is also mentioned in many of the articles on so-called fake news, an issue that should be concerning to those who believe in free speech, including his son, Senator Rand Paul.
The elder Paul has long been a vocal supporter of freedom of speech, as it is enshrined in the Constitution of the United States, and he and his supporters have repeatedly been the target of finger pointing and demonization.
In 2012, a risk-assessment report from a Missouri-based fusion center stated that support for Ron Paul's presidential bid was a sign of membership in a “domestic terrorist group."
“For purposes of this definition it does not matter whether the sites listed here are being knowingly directed and paid by Russian intelligence officers, or whether they even knew they were echoing Russian propaganda at any particular point: If they meet these criteria, they are at the very least acting as bona-fide ‘useful idiots’ of the Russian intelligence services, and are worthy of further scrutiny,” the so-called experts cited by PropOrNot state.
Many of those listed on censorship hit lists are speaking out against the attempt to stop independent media.
“Information is dangerous and with this new reactionary shift of people making ban lists of so called ‘fake news,’ it shows us how afraid they are of knowledge and differences of opinion that spur people to have an open mind,” Luke Rudkowski, the owner of We Are Change, one of the sites on the blacklist, previously told Sputnik News.
“Information is very dangerous for the establishment status quo that tried to keep things the way they are.”
The bill, Zero Hedge notes, will soon proclaim much of the internet to be “criminal Russian propaganda if it is allowed to pass.
Breathing through the heart has been scientifically proven to improve energy flow, creativity, performance and thinking skills.
When doing this breathing exercise, focus your attention and awareness to the center of your heart and imagine breathing through your heart. You can also imagine breathing through your heart chakra. Slow, smooth, rhythmic and deep breaths are the best breaths for harmonizing the energy of your body and mind.
Every time I do this heart-centered breathing exercise, I notice a significant improvement in my thinking skills and creativity. Furthermore, I am able to handle stress and anxiety better, which in turn improves my performance under pressure.
Below is a great video that shows you how to use breathing techniques to improve your creativity, performance and thinking skills. Here is an excerpt about the video from YouTube:
Alan is the founder and CEO of Complete Coherence Ltd. He is recognised as an international expert on leadership and human performance. He has researched and published widely on both subjects for over 18 years.
He is currently an Honorary Senior Lecturer in Neuroscience and Psychological Medicine at Imperial College, London as well as an Affiliate Professor of Leadership at the European School of Management, London. He originally qualified as a physician, has a first class degree in psychology and a PhD in immunology.
Whatever you decide to do (sports, hobbies, being healthy, driving, cooking, talking, etc!) you can hack your life and increase your rate of success! All you have to do is understand the concept of the Triune brain, control your breathing (Coherent Breathing), a 30/50% grip strength, and make your tools an extension of your body.
Take all this with a perfect body weight transfer (mostly for sports), empty your mind and let your vision do the work.
How to Hack Your Biology and be in the Zone Every Single Day
Endgame: Disclosure, The Antarctic Atlantis And New Ancient Extra-Terrestrial Ruins December 13 2016 | From: DivineCosmos
The Establishment is threatened like never before. Are they about to disclose advanced, hi-tech ruins under the ice in Antarctica, and a limited secret space program, to try to save the New World Order agenda?
The story is so incredible that you may need to just treat it like a sci-fi movie... but even if that's the only level you can accept it at, you should still find this to be a most fascinating read!
Endgame - The Antarctic Atlantis
Introduction by David Wilcock
The truth is exploding across the internet. Millions are learning for the first time that there really is a “negative elite” running the planet, engaging in child trafficking among other heinous crimes.
The Cabal’s brazen efforts to completely destroy this information are quite surprising to the millions who are only now discovering the scope of the problem.
Although this information is extremely disturbing, it is also true. The only way we can heal as a planet is to face it and deal with it, individually and collectively.
Part One of ENDGAME has spread more quickly than anything we’ve ever written before, getting its first 100,000 views in less than 31 hours, hitting 150,000 in three days, and topping 10,000 Facebook Likes.
Perhaps not surprisingly, my (David Wilcock’s) page was completely deleted off of Wikipedia after publishing this expose’. It was always heavily compromised but now it doesn’t exist.
Our goal in Part One was to create a unified resource of information to show how rapidly the Cabal / NWO / Illuminati’s whole agenda is plummeting. Even if you have read and understood the data in Part One, you still have only identified one small (and very negative) aspect of the “Big Picture.”
The full story is much deeper than most people could even imagine – and reads like an epic series of sci-fi novels with great surprises in each new volume.
Corey’s experiences are so highly bizarre that most people identifying as skeptics couldn’t even follow us more than 10 percent of the way – if that. Nonetheless, Corey’s intel has checked out with what many, many other high-level sources have leaked to me over 20 years of time. The truth is extremely surprising and complex.
The intel also dovetails beautifully with the material in the Law of One series, which I have scientifically validated in three different published books with over 2200 total references.
The Cabal has now taken the incredibly brazen step of black-listing 200 highly popular sites, including Gaia, our main portal for disclosure TV episodes.
They are using Google, Facebook, Apple, Snapchat and other assets to prevent you from ever being able to find these sites - even if your friends wanted you to see them.
This is the work of a third-world fascist dictatorship - hardly what we would expect in a democracy. If this was truly all just a big misunderstanding, why are they being so aggressive?
Why Block Gaia?
Why would Gaia have made it onto the “short list” of 200 Cabal-banned sites if Cosmic Disclosure was just a big joke?
How did we end up threatening the media elite enough that they literally do not want you to have any chance of finding it – even if your friends sent you the link on Facebook or Gmail? From the world we are working within, the answer is simple. Child trafficking and “spirit cooking” at the highest political levels is still just the very beginning.
The whole subject of UFOs, ancient civilizations, advanced technology and ETs has been strictly controlled by this very negative Cabal. Much of this classified information is incredibly positive and uplifting - including the idea of an imminent, mass human evolution that many refer to as Ascension.
The Cabal is the proverbial dragon guarding the huge pile of gold and treasure, and the gorgeous virgin being held prisoner.
If this group wasn’t restricting our access to information, we would be living in a vastly more interesting world right now – with much greater technology.
Is Corey Telling the Truth?
By working around Corey for an average of one out of every six weeks over the last two years, I have seen ample evidence that he is telling the truth - as he has seen and experienced it.
We have endured death threats, betrayal, financial hardship and incredibly toxic abuse. This journey has not at all been fun or easy for him, nor for me. This is a spiritual war, not just a physical one. The Cabal is messing around with very real forces that are extremely negative and can influence those around us.
It is all too easy to make mistakes and “authorize” attacks to come your way from these same forces.
In my case it comes mainly through the interference of others. This has been extremely difficult and exhausting, but it all reads as fairly mundane stuff in the worldly sense.
In Corey’s case he has had very horrible physical experiences that most would consider paranormal, including being abducted by various human or ET groups.
The only way we can protect ourselves is to try to have as positive and loving of an attitude as possible. Nothing else is sufficient. It is a moment-by-moment discipline.
Five Different Group Categories all Requesting Assistance
We also have five different major categories of groups that are now feeding us intel and requesting our assistance. We will learn more about each of them as this update goes on.
Each of these groups is fighting as hard as they can to transform our planet, and have suffered horrible casualties along the way:
1. The Earth Alliance. This is the group Dr. Pieczenik spoke on behalf of in Part One. It is comprised of brave fighters in all 15 of the US intelligence agencies, and many international factions.
2. The MIC SSP (military-industrial complex secret space program). This is a series of factions that believed they were the “only game in town,” up until recently. They are about to be publicly revealed.
3. The SSP Alliance. This is a breakaway group within an SSP that is much more advanced than the MIC version. The SSP is controlled by the Cabal, but the SSP Alliance is definitely not.
4. The Inner-Earth Alliance. There are several different human ET civilizations living in huge caverns beneath the Earth’s surface. Each racial type we see on earth appears in these groups.
5. The Sphere Being Alliance. This is a group of super-advanced ETs that have been called “The Guardians,” and manage the spiritual and physical affairs of entire solar systems.
It is not easy to have requests consistently coming at us from all five of these different groups, with the message always being that each new piece of intel is extremely urgent to disclose.
We keep getting pounded with obstacles and challenges while trying to navigate and meet these expectations.
We are now under direct attack by the Cabal, as they are trying to wipe us out of existence with a total internet blacklist.
Gaia has several weekly shows, with more on the way, as well as over 7000 unique pieces of inspirational and truth-telling media to watch.
The Cabal’s Final Salvage Plan
What we are hearing from various insiders now is that the Cabal is on the verge of total defeat – for the first time in our entire global history.
The Alliance has become ever-increasingly powerful as more and more people defect to it.
The Cabal knows they are out of time and as of right now, they have largely completed their negotiations on how they will surrender. At the same time, the Cabal has dirt on the Earth Alliance that they do not want to see go public. Therefore it has turned into more of a truce, where we will get part, but not all of the truth.
This is what we have been calling Partial Disclosure. We are against this happening and will continue fighting for Full Disclosure, which will be much better for everyone.
Hundreds of thousands, if not millions of people are aware of what we’ve disclosed, and no one has freaked out about any of it. The excuse that “you can’t handle the truth” is nonsense.
The SSP Alliance, Inner Earth Alliance and Sphere-Being Alliance are all pushing for Full Disclosure as well, which they call the “Optimal Temporal Reality” for our future.
What is Partial Disclosure Shaping up to look Like?
The Partial Disclosure plan includes some admission of wrong-doing, an outing and punishing of mid-level people, and a beneficial global financial reset.
The cosmic aspect of the plan appears to involve three key revelations, perhaps in different stages:
1. A formal, public disclosure of the MIC SSP. They have two large, cloaked orbital platforms, flying black triangle craft, and the ability to travel throughout our solar system.
2. The unveiling of ancient, high-tech ruins in Antarctica that have been newly excavated. This will prove that “Atlantis” was very real, and far more advanced than we thought.
3. The revealing of extremely ancient ruins – over 1.8 billion years old – within the Earth and throughout our solar system, often made of a crystalline transparent aluminum alloy.
Although this sounds pretty awesome, and would be a great leap forward, this is still only a “Partial Disclosure” that leaves gaping holes in our understanding.
The Cabal might try to introduce us to this group, explain they have been around for a really long time, and hope that they can get us to follow a mystical new religion offered by these beings.
This would definitely not be in humanity’s best interest. The rapidly-escalating downfall of high-level elite human trafficking rings is bringing these issues to the immediate forefront. The Cabal has run out of time - and they know it.
For many years they have planned on using a partial disclosure to distract and inspire the public if the full nature of their crimes were to become known.
The Details Have All Been Laid Out
Much of the history and scientific research to support this data, as well as the Full Disclosure version, was written into my new book The Ascension Mysteries in an effort to help the Alliance groups.
The partial disclosure scenario may not include any active ET life operating around us today. The MIC SSP’s party line will be that apart from ancient visitors, or perhaps an occasional “Gray” or “Tall White,” we are alone.
The MIC SSP does not have the technology to travel outside our solar system, so we would still be kept in a box – just a slightly larger version.
The SSP has much greater technology that could heal our planet. The Cabal could still secretly pursue their depopulation agenda as the partial disclosure unfolded over a 50 to 100-year period. The Cabal is hoping to re-brand itself as the “good guys” as this partial disclosure scenario rolls out. It is their last and only chance to save their agenda.
Without further ado, I will hand the microphone over to Corey, who will continue our story from here with my co-authored input. It is well worth your time to learn about what is going on.
The Secret Space Program
By now you probably are aware that I, Corey Goode, am a 20-year veteran of a Secret Space Program (SSP) that has technology vastly superior to anything we see in the open world.
David Wilcock had been gathering a variety of insider testimonies for nearly 20 years when I began disclosing everything I knew to him in October 2014. He was able to validate my testimony by having heard many of the same things from other high-level insiders, at Cosmic Top Secret level and above.
The majority of this insider testimony was completely off the public record and did not appear anywhere online, nor in any alleged fiction in the public domain.
There were so many points of correlation that we stopped counting somewhere after identifying about 60 different highly specific examples. David’s knowledge of hyper-classified intel similarly convinced me that he was in contact with people who had experienced the same world that I had.
He gained these contacts through being a highly public scholar in UFOs and alternative science who had proven, over many years, that he could be entrusted with confidentiality.
It is Hard to Imagine
The level of secrecy involved is so high that it is hard for most people to even begin to imagine the world of the SSP.
An experience inside a true SSP base, on Earth or elsewhere in our solar system, would appear very similar to a scene from the movie “Men in Black” or “Guardians of the Galaxy.”
An ever-increasing number of seemingly fictional movies, television shows and video games are preparing us for an eventual disclosure.
Some groups on Earth have been aware that we are not alone, and have remained in active contact with extraterrestrials, for thousands of years. Many more became involved when the Germans developed flying saucer technology, with ET assistance, in the 1930s.
A vastly interconnected “breakaway civilization” has since developed, almost completely without any public awareness.
William Tompkins Independently Validates
William Tompkins was unaware of me or any of my testimony when he wrote Selected By Extraterrestrials. Ours has strictly been an Internet-based story, and Tompkins is a 94-year-old veteran who is not online.
During WWII, he debriefed 29 different US spies embedded in the German SSP at the time.
There are many astonishing points of correlation between what the two of us are saying – again, far beyond any likelihood of chance. Interviews with Tompkins were conducted for Gaia before he knew anything about my testimony, but it all lines up beautifully.
There are several episodes where we compare these knowledge bases, and the results are very surprising.
Contact was Re-Awakened
I had basically been “out of the loop” in the SSP since the late 1980s, except for a number of encounters with them in the 1990’s and early 2000’s that were all very brief missions.
Much to my surprise, I was brought back into this world approximately four months after David and I began comparing notes. I was taken to a base on the Moon that I was already familiar with, entitled the Lunar Operations Command or LOC.
By this point, David had gathered the bulk of my testimony together and had thoroughly briefed the senior management of Gaia on the story.
I was quite surprised to discover that an Alliance had formed within the SSP that wanted to share their remarkable technology with the general population of Earth. This Alliance partially arose out of the SSP faction I worked within, known as Solar Warden.
There are a total of five different SSP factions, and Solar Warden is made up of members from all five of them.
No other ET group had anything that was anywhere near this large in size, so it naturally was quite a source of interest.
Gonzales was Key
The “man on the inside” who ended up bringing me into this world again has been given the pseudonym Lt. Col. Gonzales for security reasons.
He had experienced in-person contact with the Sphere Beings while in the SSP at about the same time I had experienced similar contacts while living here in America. Gonzales did not report these encounters up the chain of command for some time. Nor did I tell anyone about what I had experienced.
In late February 2015, the Sphere Beings asked for me by name through Gonzales. He did not know who I was, and his superiors had to look me up and figure it out.
Up until I was requested by name, the “Sphere Beings” had completely refused to interact with the SSP Alliance – even though the Alliance felt they were trying to do something positive for humanity. The negative ETs will seek out contact with the most wealthy, powerful elites on earth to promote their tyrannical, dictatorial, service-to-self message.
The positive ETs seek contact with those who can help share their message of love, peace and service to others.
Thrown in the Middle
I effectively got thrown into the middle of a debate between the SSP Alliance and the Sphere Beings. Furthermore, the Sphere Beings wanted me to serve as their ambassador, sharing their perspective not just with the SSP Alliance, but with the general public on earth.
They are here to help guide us through an epic human evolutionary event that many call Ascension. I have been told this will involve a massive release of energy from the Sun that triggers advancements in DNA and consciousness.
The giant spheres are a form of living technology that is used to help smooth out this transition as much as possible. Without the help of the spheres, such a transition would likely be catastrophic and largely unpredictable.
The Blue Avians
The main ET group I have interacted with has been the Blue Avians - a race of humanoids with large eyes and birdlike blue feathers on their bodies.
We have since discovered that this is the same group that presented itself to the Egyptians, through avian-looking humanoid ‘gods’ such as Ra and possibly also Thoth.
Their originally positive teachings were greatly distorted into the negative, as was described in the Law of One series.
William Henry found ancient depictions of Blue Avians in Egyptian and other cultures, as reported in Cosmic Disclosure.
Bird-headed humanoids are seen in Babylonian and South American inscriptions as well as those of Egypt.
Certain Bible passages describe Archangel Gabriel as having a bird-like appearance.
The Blue Avians are one of five mysterious, highly advanced ET races that are associated with the giant spheres.
The Law of One Series
Additionally, the Blue Avians have now absolutely confirmed that they were responsible for the creation of the Law of One series from 1981-1984.
This was a series of 106 question-and-answer sessions between a Ph.D. physicist and UFOlogist and an extraterrestrial intelligence communicating telepathically through Carla Rueckert.
David had been studying the Law of One material heavily since 1996 and had already written two New York Times best-selling books on its complex science before we ever started speaking.
With that being said, the main Blue Avian I am in contact with, Raw-Tear-Eir, has given us a warning about quoting from the Law of One as if it were a religion.
He said many people are starting to “quote chapter and verse” from it, and use it as a belief system that all new information has to meld with or be questioned and possibly rejected. They made it clear that there are certain distortions in the Law of One material that came from the people at L/L Research who presented it.
If we make it into a bedrock belief system, it can create a personal religion that can be damaging for the individual in their emotional/ spiritual evolution.
Ultimately we must all exercise our own discernment and choose for ourselves what the truth is, without ever worshipping any particular document or source.
It is also important to note that David has had telepathic contact with these same beings, such as through nightly dream analysis, ever since November 10th, 1996.
Due to cosmic laws of free will, David has still never experienced the type of in-person contacts that are now happening to me. He has been given a roadmap of stages to go through that could lead to these contacts, and writing his new book Awakening in the Dream appears to be one key part of that process.
Since I had already been a part of the SSP in the 1980s, it did not violate my free will to be brought back into it later in life.
This almost obsessive focus with preserving free will is a regular element in every session of the Law of One series.
Complex and Multifaceted
This story is complex and multifaceted, far beyond anything I would ever dream of trying to invent. This has also not been a profitable move for me to make. I would have had a significantly higher income if I was able to go back into the IT field instead of continuing to fight for full disclosure, as I am now doing.
In the course of this work as an ambassador, I have come face-to-face with the highest levels of both the positive and the negative sides of this battle.
I have also met up with an alliance of human-looking beings living in huge, habitable caverns inside the earth. My main contact therein is a priestess named Ka Aree.
As described in previous updates, I also recently was introduced to an ambassador from a planet in a nearby star system that recently overthrew their own negative-ET-driven tyranny.
His name is Ambassador Micca. They are now working, predominantly through dream contacts, to help educate us on how to achieve our own freedom from these malevolent beings.
Lt. Commander Gonzales was my original contact with the SSP Alliance and he continues to pass along intel at this time, as seen below.
He originally presented himself as a Lieutenant Colonel in the Air Force. This was his cover ID, and I recently found out he was actually a Lieutenant Commander in the Navy.
Lastly, I have been interacting with a more earth-based SSP that is run by the military-industrial complex (MIC). The MIC SSP is unaware of the greater space program I was a part of, as we will discuss.
Once again in the early morning hours of Wednesday, October 26th, I awoke to find that I was walking in the parking lot behind my house.
This type of sleepwalking technology is standard fare for the military-industrial complex (MIC) space program group that has been contacting me in the recent past.
I immediately noticed the same stealth-looking MIC wingless craft that I was taken in last time. It was parked in the same place it had been in the last time I was taken.
The same two airmen greeted me and asked me if I was physically able to walk up the stairs.
Since I had almost fallen after my knee buckled the last time they contacted me, they seemed as though they were being overly cautious.
I went up the stairs, entered the craft and was brought to the familiar room where I had been chemically interrogated before. This naturally caused me to feel extreme anxiety, since the original interrogations I went through were not pleasant to say the least.
I was asked to sit in the same seat and was buckled in. Once again I was helpless, shackled into the same chair where I had suffered greatly in the past. I soon heard the craft power up and we lifted off fairly quickly.
A Visit from “Sigmund”
A few minutes later the older military man who was in charge came into the room. Since he has white hair and a white goatee, we have decided to call him Sigmund in an homage to Freud. Sigmund stated that he was a bit perplexed at the information he had received from our last encounter.
In addition to “enhanced interrogation” through chemicals and technology, he had previously taken blood, hair and skin samples and tested them for trace elements, using very advanced methods. The lab results once again confirmed that I had been in the approximate off-planet locations I had claimed.
The MIC space program people do not have any intelligence suggesting I had ever actually visited these locations. I was never a part of their program. For this same reason, Sigmund clearly could not believe what he was seeing. My tests proved, beyond any shadow of doubt, that there was much more to the secret space program than he knew.
As a high-ranking superior officer, this naturally came as quite a shock to him. He was led to believe that he had access to all relevant compartments of the classified world.
The MIC Are Not the Only Game in Town
The people in the MIC space program have been taught that theirs is the only one that exists. They believe they are the top of the crop, the best of the best, the be-all and end-all.
Since there is a plan in place to disclose their existence, we will now reveal as much about them as possible – so you can get a sense of what they do and don’t know. They are aware of the existence of Luciferian cabal groups, practicing very advanced black magic on a global scale.
This, in turn, ‘authorizes’ the negative forces they are working with to exact greater control over the earth, and enhance their worldly power – as long as no widespread resistance develops.
They do this through seeding our co-creative consciousness with their agenda. Our collective focus is the root power of their magic. The MIC people often believe that they are literally engaged in a Biblical war against an ancient evil that has taken control of much of the Earth.
The MIC SSP has at least two large space stations in earth’s orbit as well as a number of manned satellites. They are roughly circular in shape and are large space stations with enough facilities for many people to work in various labs and so forth.
They are also reported to possess floating aircraft carriers that look exactly the same as what we saw in The Avengers and Captain America: The Winter Soldier.
They have black triangular craft that can travel around our solar system, as well as other stealth-looking varieties.
This technology makes them feel that if anything else was going on in our solar system, they would be able to see it. When they see the crafts from other programs, or of any of a number of ET races, they are simply told that these craft are ours.
They are told that they are not on a need-to-know basis about that particular program and not to speak about their sighting with anyone.
It is Very Compartmentalised
The Cabal is a very, very intelligent group. They built the MIC SSP from the very beginning to be disclosed at some point, as a protective deception to hide the deeper-level SSP.
If anyone in the MIC SSP ranks made unwanted technological or informational breakthroughs, they would be quietly plucked out - just as occurs here in our own level of the cover-up. Therefore, no one in the MIC SSP will successfully discover portals that take them outside our solar system - as one of many examples.
Certain areas are cordoned off to them as no-fly zones - so they do not see the advanced ET civilizations that already exist in our solar system.
If someone sees something they shouldn’t have, and the idea that it is “one of ours” doesn’t stick, they very likely would disappear – or be re-assigned.
The Cabal knew that if the people in the MIC SSP truly believed what they were being told was the whole and complete truth, none of them could ever threaten the Partial Disclosure scenario. They could come forward and fight vigorously against any alternative view of reality, because they believed in their heart and soul that they had been given the whole and complete truth.
This is precisely what was happening with Sigmund, the commanding MIC officer who interrogated me, as we will review in a minute.
They Believe We Are Alone
The MIC SSP are told that we cannot travel outside our solar system. This is due to gravitational and energetic conditions at the boundary of our heliosphere that make any escape impossible with their current technology.
NASA has already revealed gravitational anomalies with our Pioneer deep space probes as they travel closer to the boundary of our solar system, setting the stage for this announcement.
The MIC folks are also told that there is no need for us to go anywhere else, as we are already surrounded by an “embarrassment of riches” beyond our wildest dreams.
There are many impressive prehistoric intelligent ruins to explore here – from what they call the Ancient Builder Race. The oldest of these ruins date back more than 1.8 billion years.
Most of their members believe that any ETs have long since come and gone from our solar system. The only exception is time travelers from Earth’s own future who have come back and visited us.
Different Levels of Knowledge Depending Upon the Group
The MIC SSP is made up of different military and intelligence groups that have varying levels of knowledge of ET’s. Some think there are only four or five groups visiting us. Some don’t think any have been here for thousands of years.
The top brass of each branch have basic knowledge of 50+ other ET groups that have visited us. This knowledge goes back to the 60’s and was standard info in the briefings then for NATO and the DOD, et cetera. It is much more complicated than can be summarized in a paragraph or two.
The Mid-Level Narrative
The mid-level personnel have been told that some humans who have time-traveled here from our own future now look like Grays. This is due to evolutionary changes from having lived underground for thousands of years.
One of the partial disclosure narratives was designed to focus on this idea – namely that all the human-looking and grey-looking ETs come from competing time lines in our future.
The higher-ups usually know about a handful of ETs that are here now, but they are ordered to keep silent about it.
Some MIC SSP groups believe that we are all the blood descendants, to varying degrees, of pre-Atlantean human ET refugees that they call the “Pre-Adamites,” as we will discuss. This is also a key feature of the belief systems of the various Cabal groups, at the higher levels.
The Cabal groups believe they have significantly more Pre-Adamite blood than the rest of us, and formed “royal bloodlines” and elite ruling castes as a result.
Energetic Changes in Our Solar System
As Wilcock revealed in The Ascension Mysteries, one of his insiders has worked with the MIC SSP and has been thoroughly educated in their views, as we are explaining them here.
The MIC SSP people are also aware that an energetic change is occurring in our solar system. They expect that this will lead to a massive release from the sun in our near future.
The classic movie 2001 was intended to pave the way for the MIC program’s eventual disclosure.
If a sufficiently massive sighting or a well-publicized data dump from a whistleblower got traction in the mainstream media, the MIC SSP could have been revealed many years earlier.
2001 and 2010 installed all the key pieces of information we would be told, over time, in the aftermath of that eventual disclosure.
If you try to explain to the MIC SSP that a much more advanced space program is operating around them, it is akin to blaspheming a major religion in front of its devoted followers.
“Pre-Adamites” in the Ice
Now let’s return to our scene where I am now on the MIC SSP craft, hearing what Sigmund was telling me. Sigmund revealed that he had been stationed at several classified military installations in Antarctica. He had spent time in the very area where the Anshar (inner earth group) had taken me on a reconnaissance flight.
He stated that an extremely ancient series of cities had been discovered flash-frozen deep under the ice-shelf. He confirmed that there were also many animals and “Pre-Adamites” preserved in the ice.
He described the Pre-Adamites as beings with elongated skulls, with strangely proportioned bodies that were obviously not designed for Earth’s gravity and atmospheric pressure. When we combine this with what Gonzales told me earlier, and the academic research David compiled in The Ascension Mysteries, it does appear that some of these groups were giants by our standards.
Other hybrid groups may have been bred to have more conventional heights, and / or adapted to Earth’s gravity over time by becoming shorter.
The History of the Pre-Adamites
According to Sigmund, this Pre-Adamite group had apparently arrived here from another planet in our solar system that was no longer hospitable.
They arrived here approximately 55,000 to 65,000 years ago, and began to create hybrids of their species and the developing human population. This fit beautifully with what Gonzales and others had already disclosed, which in turn became the central narrative of the second half of David’s The Ascension Mysteries.
What we now see as Antarctica was the seemingly mythical “lost island” of Atlantis.
The earth shifted on its rotational axis, perhaps due to a nuclear war, and the water that inundated the continent quickly flash-froze into a gigantic ice shelf.
Sigmund stated that the hybrid survivors of this catastrophe - who were living on other continents at the time of the great flood - completely lost access to their ancient cities for over 10,000 years/ These beings then began to breed with the human populations in the regions they were stationed in at the time of the disaster.
One major faction of Pre-Adamites was constrained to the Americas, while the other survived in Europe, Africa and Asia.
Tompkins, Aldrin, the Dracto and Antarctica
The 29 embedded German spies Tompkins interviewed during WWII confirmed the Nazis were working with a violent, aggressive reptilian race. This group is humanoid, but with reptilian features. They have been called the Saurians or the Draco, and pose the biggest problem for everyone in our region of the galaxy.
Surprisingly, the Draco have a central base of operations in our solar system – including huge under-ice facilities in Antarctica.
Hypothetical examples only. No one we know has seen the inside of these bases.
This makes Buzz Aldrin’s latest alleged tweet extremely interesting. We do now know that this tweet was disinformation, but the contents are still important to analyze.
We can prove that he had just visited Antarctica while wearing a shirt encouraging us to get to Mars ASAP.
We did hear that he was there to tour the Pre-Adamite ruins that are now on the verge of being disclosed to us, as part of this transition plan.
If this had actually been real and not another internet hoax, it strongly suggested that he was briefed on the existence of the Draco, perhaps “off the record,” and it nearly gave him a heart attack.
Excavation Has Finally Been Allowed
My contacts in the SSP Alliance revealed that the Draco have finally allowed the US to excavate new Pre-Adamite archeological sites under the Antarctic ice.
They have also granted permission for the small number of surviving Pre-Adamites to access these areas once again.
These Pre-Adamite people look and sound just like us, except that they have elongated skulls that they must keep hidden if they are ever seen in public. David asked me how many of these people still live on earth. As of now I do not have any clear intel on their numbers, but it is likely in the thousands, if not more.
The amount of ancient technology and information that has been found preserved in huge libraries under the Antarctic ice is staggering.
He Finally Became Convinced
I was listening to Sigmund telling me his version of the story and watching his face as he shared the information.
He noticed me looking at him and wondering why he was sharing this with me. This caused him to break off from the current topic. He then stated that the data they collected from me the last time we met had the telemetry that I had retained subconsciously from the reconnaissance flight under the ice.
This finally convinced him that at least some of what I was saying was true. David asked me for clarification when I first wrote this. Specifically, I had witnessed information on the heads-up displays in the Anshar “Bus” craft I was riding in.
Under Interrogation, I was able to recall specific telemetry from those displays that proved to be extremely accurate - enough to meet Sigmund’s quality standards.
Sigmund then stated that he was going to alter my state of consciousness again to be able to dig deeper into my experiences and see what else he could glean.
I told him I would prefer it if he didn’t. I would be happy to answer any questions he had. He ignored me and walked over to pick up a small device that had a metallic-looking cone at the end that looked like some sort of antennae. He then put in some sort of ear-plugs and turned the device on. I heard the same high pitched noise that I had the last time.
At this point I lost consciousness, as has become the norm when this technology is used. Whatever conversation I have with Sigmund under the influence of this technology is not available to me after it is over.
Leaving the Craft and Catching Another Ride
The next thing I am able to remember was walking back down the stairs of the craft, with both airmen assisting me down the narrow stairs to the parking lot.
I walked back home and went into my living room. A blue orb was zig-zagging around as if it was waiting for me.
This is a phenomenon that has been ongoing since this all started in February 2015. It is the transportation system used by the Blue Avians. Many people are starting to see blue or purple orbs, just as I had been told would occur. This is a key part of our mass awakening process.
I indicated that I was ready to be transported and was taken back to the same Mayan Break-Away mothership I had been on before.
Another Meeting With the Mayans
The Mayan Break-Away group started out in Mesoamerica, and thanks to a successful ET contact, they were able to migrate off-planet. They have since become advanced enough to develop a unique technology that appears to be based on the use of stone and consciousness.
They act as a healing group that have provided treatment to Gonzales and many other survivors of SSP enslavement and torture.
There were now six of the Mayans in the room. Three of them were females. I had only seen a female on one occasion before with any degree of closeness.
Gonzales was standing over by the floating stone console looking at it, while a Mayan was working the controls. He directed his attention to me and greeted me. He walked up and scanned me with the same black stone sphere that he held in his palm the last time.
He smiled and as he lifted it up, he said “Please focus your intention on the magic 8 ball”. He then scanned my head again while I tried to focus on the black stone sphere as he requested. Once he finished his scan, he turned and walked over to the floating console and somehow placed the stone sphere into the side of it.
He then looked over at the Mayans. They then went into the next room where another stone console was floating, and gave us some privacy.
Seeding Information into the MIC SSP
Gonzales stated that he was sorry he couldn’t share some of the details about why I was being abducted and interrogated up until now. He stated that this was part of an operation that was seeding information into the ranks of this MIC SSP.
Apparently many of them are disillusioned and questioning whether or not they were indeed at the top of the intelligence totem pole, as they had been led to believe. He stated that if this information gets to the right people within the MIC SSP, it could hinder the wider plans of doing a partial disclosure of their program. These individuals now felt there was much more going on in “the programs” than they had been told.
Gonzales further communicated that I had to be unaware of this operation so the interrogators would not figure out this info was being given to them on purpose. I had assumed that a similar scenario was behind why I had been kept so completely in the dark about what was happening to me -- and why all of this had been allowed to occur by the SSP Alliance and the SBA.
More on the Pre-Adamites and Antarctica
Gonzales and I then talked about the conversation I had onboard the MIC SSP craft regarding the Pre-Adamites. Gonzales confirmed that he had received the same intelligence from some of his SSP Alliance contacts.
The same data also appeared in the reconnaissance flight telemetry that the Anshar had shared with him.
Advanced Technology in Ancient Ruins
Gonzales soon moved to another topic. He stated that Cabal proxies had discovered pieces of ancient technologies hidden in time-capsules in many of the ancient Sumerian ruins. These proxy agents completely razed these ancient ruins to the ground looking for these time capsules.
Sumerian ruin for illustrative purposes only. Notice height of giant man.
These groups not only found several pieces of technology inside the walls of these ruins, they also located some new sites buried below them that were much more ancient.
He stated that these artifacts were being stored in Mosul, Iraq at the moment.
Sumerian ruin in Ur. For illustrative purposes only
He stated that one of the reasons such a vigorous battle is occurring in Mosul at this time is because various groups are fighting to recover these artifacts.
After these historical sites were destroyed, the Alliance sent operatives to other similar sites across the planet to do sonar scans and try to locate more of these time-capsules. He stated that they were doing so in the dead of the night, and were using very advanced technologies to try to detect other anomalies around these ancient sites.
The Pre-Adamites Want Control
According to Gonzales, the ancient technologies that were discovered in Iraq had belonged to this Pre-Adamite group. This group wants the return of these technical artifacts immediately, considering them to be their private and personal property.
However, certain factions who are now in possession of them will not turn them over. These are earth human proxy groups that the Cabal had sent on the behalf of the surviving Pre-Adamites. They got the cosmic equivalent of “gold lust” when they saw the treasure.
What further complicates matters is that there are two different royal blood lines among these Pre-Adamites. These two groups are in a type of competition over the control of the financial and political systems of various countries. As I have said before, the people we are now calling Pre-Adamites all have psychopathic characteristics by our normal definition of the term.
The elongated “miter” hats everyone wears in the Vatican are one of the ways they have been able to conceal themselves while still operating amongst us.
For illustrative purposes only
The surviving Pre-Adamites apparently have blue eyes.
Gonzales stated that this argument over the Pre-Adamite ruins meant there was an obvious weakening of the Cabal’s “coalition”.
This split in the ranks of these global syndicates was being exploited by the Alliance. It seems that many of these Cabal groups now see that their organization is about to be fully exposed and brought to justice.
The disclosures David mentioned in Part One did not happen by chance. They are the direct result of the hard work of the Alliance through outlets like Wikileaks. It appears that many of these people are positioning themselves to cooperate with the Alliance during the prosecution phase.
This, of course, is a very helpful thing. David and I have both consistently stressed that whistleblowers should be seen as heroes. It is very important that we not devolve into a witch-hunt mentality.
Issues With Memory
At this point the stone console behind him started flashing symbols in various colors of light. He turned his attention to the control panel as I noticed two of the Mayans entering the room. All three of them walked to the floating stone console and observed the symbols appearing in an obvious sequence.
He glanced over at me and asked me if I was still having issues with my memory. I stated that indeed I had noticed difficulty in remembering things such as my children’s birthdates, et cetera. His forehead wrinkled up a bit. He said he wanted to consult the Mayans to see what type of help they could offer.
He then smiled at me as a blue orb entered the room and zipped directly in front of my chest. He continued to smile as he waved good-bye.
I was taken to my living room where I again laid on the couch and fell asleep.
Another Encounter With “The Banished”
Over the next two days, I was trying to make sense of what occurred. I attempted to meditate on the experiences to see if I could remember what had happened while I was being interrogated.
On the following Saturday, however, I was completely distracted by another encounter with the “Banished” female that had implanted entity attachments in me months earlier. This had been a highly unpleasant experience where I awoke to her being in a hotel room I was staying in with my family. Everyone else was fast asleep when this happened.
She was completely uninvited. As soon as she noticed that I was aware of what was going on, she was able to make me again go unconscious. I had still been recovering from the removal of the entity attachment by Ka’ Aree a few weeks prior. During this recovery time Ka’ Aree had contacted me a few times to let me know my vibration was out of alignment and they were having difficulty getting through to me.
Much of it had to do with the removal of entity attachments, but some of it had to do with some anger issues I had towards an individual who I was working with. I was still carrying around a bit of trauma and resentment from my previous encounter with the Banished, and the number of weeks it took for Ka’ Aree to let me know I had these entity attachments.
Now, I found myself face to face with this same woman from the “Banished” group. I had gotten up extremely early to do some work while my family was still asleep.
An Unwelcome Intruder
I was once again sitting on my couch with my laptop on the coffee table. Suddenly I felt static electricity in the air and looked over at the wall where my fireplace was. The wall was starting to warp and bend. I stood up and backed away to the other side of the coffee table from the wall.
Right where the wall was warping and bowing inward, the same tall blonde female came walking through. She was taller than I thought I remembered. She was a good 3 or 4 inches taller than me and was wearing a very revealing outfit.
She said “Don’t be afraid, I am Marra and I mean you no harm.” I just stood there slack-jawed in disbelief. I was both intrigued and a bit afraid after our last encounter. She sensed how I was feeling and smiled as if she was pleased by it.
She narrowed her eyes and smiled even bigger and began to walk towards me. I had part of the L-shaped couch behind me and the coffee table in front of me. I was thinking of an escape route when all of a sudden there was a brilliant white flash.
Just in the Nick of Time
When my eyes had adjusted, I immediately saw Ka’ Aree and two men from the Anshar group approaching Marra, who now had a frightened and shocked look on her face. I looked around and noticed that I was in a smaller domed room that had one door that was covered by the “hard light” force field.
I had been portaled into an Anshar inner-earth city. The two Anshar men escorted Marra out of the room and down a corridor. I was still feeling some of the after-effects of fear and anxiety from the moments in my living room with Marra.
Ka’ Aree walked briskly up to me, placed her hand on the side of my face and looked into my eyes. I immediately began to calm down and my rapid breathing and heartbeat subsided. I asked her why the Banished was back, and what was her intent.
Ka’ Aree stated that her intentions were not honorable, and that they intervened for good reason.
It is Vitally Important to Stay Positive and Loving
Ka’ Aree then stated that I would not be bothered by Marra again, but that I needed to keep an eye out for more of her kind who will come looking for her eventually. I asked what would happen to Marra. Ka’ Aree stated that she will be placed in stasis until upcoming events had fully played out.
She then gave me a hug and put both of her hands on my shoulders. She looked me in the eyes and told me that I needed to let go of my anger with certain individuals that I am working with, and to focus on getting my vibration back in balance.
She gave me that huge infectious smile of hers, and then patted my shoulders and told me she was sending me back now. I was still a little bit shocked and confused from the encounter with Marra, and I’m sure my eyes showed it.
Re-Balancing My Vibratory State
After another brilliant flash of light, I was now standing in the same place I had been in prior to the transport. In the time period since my last update, and up until this point of reporting, I have been brought before Raw-Tear-Eir on three occasions. Each of them had to do with the re-balancing of my vibratory state, and the frustrating behavior and actions of some people from my inner circle.
During these visits I was able to observe the cosmic scene and noticed that the giant blue spheres were becoming notably more translucent. The nine metallic spheres were in about the same positions as they had been weeks earlier.
Meetings With the Earth Alliance
By this point we were getting fairly close to the time of the US Presidential election, which was indeed extremely contentious – as David had opened up with in Part One.
I had already been told many months ago that the SSP Alliance was in support of either Bernie Sanders or Donald Trump winning the election. Both of these men are aware of the Cabal, are not a part of it, and want to see it taken down for the betterment of humanity.
Just days before the election, certain allies I had in the FBI, DHS and FEMA reconnected with me. They were very excited, because their data showed that Trump was likely to win.
Hack Attacks From a Panicked Cabal
This next phase of insider contact started a few days after I published my last update. It began with a series of hacking attempts on my home computers. Three of the computers that I use for work began to pop up intrusion alerts. I disconnected from the Internet and ran a few security scans on them out of an abundance of caution.
I found out these Cabal groups have apparently been in a state of panic for weeks, as more and more has been leaked about their involvement in pedophilia and sex slave rings. They are also organ-harvesting their young victims to sell on the black market. These are just a few of the crimes being committed.
The FBI Has Had Enough
The FBI has been quietly investigating these deplorable crimes for decades. David’s own insiders independently confirmed this to him, and it has now gone public, as we saw in Part One.
The FBI investigators had brought this evidence to several Attorney Generals in the past, only to have them tell the FBI to close their investigations. The FBI soon realized that major changes would have to occur before they would ever be allowed to bring these people to justice.
The more they investigated, the more prominent and powerful names began to pop up. It appears that these sex slave and pedophile rings have been associated with close to a third of everyone working in government organizations within the USA and the EU.
It was determined that any attempt to prosecute them would be met by roadblocks.
This is One Key Reason Why the Alliance Favoured Trump
This appears to be one of the main reasons most of the FBI was behind Donald Trump in the election process.
They knew the Alliance was in favor of Trump becoming the next president. The FBI have been aware of the Alliance for some time. The FBI believed that if Trump won the election, they would finally have their opportunity to bring this evidence to an Attorney General who would actually prosecute.
This was such a contentious election process that it caused a huge amount of anxiety for people on both sides of the political parties.
Former Allies Returned at the Last Minute
Since I had gone public, a few of my sources in the FBI, DHS and FEMA had broken off contact with me because of the crackdown on whistleblowers in the Obama administration.
The day before the election, all three of these people contacted me and told me that Trump would win. They then began to share quite a lot of inside information with me about the above-mentioned investigations.
Not So Sure
I have to admit that I was skeptical of Trump winning, and completely sickened by the details that were given about these pedophilia rings.
I was also a bit suspicious that all three of these individuals contacted me to share intelligence so soon after I was warned that a disinformation campaign against all SSP whistleblowers would occur. It was clear that I would have to vet these sources all over again.
Time to Gather All the Intelligence
The following night I was as shocked as everyone else to see Trump actually win the election. I was able to confirm through other sources that these three individuals were not attempting to discredit me. I then contacted them for a full download.
I found out that Soros is under investigation by the FBI for all he did prior to the election years before, and his involvement in the current riots. Obama appears to be willing to agree to not pardon Hillary if some of his legacy is preserved somehow.
It appears Trump and Obama are keeping that option open, but I doubt it will occur after hearing all of the POTUS ties to the Clinton investigation that keep popping up.
There is a very unsettled mood among the Establishment types. This was not supposed to happen. They tried to rig the voting, but underestimated the voter turnout for Trump.
David captured a photograph of the front page of Huffington Post, now controlled by Verizon, on Election Day. It showed a 98% chance of Hillary winning and a 1.7% chance for Trump.
Vote Hacking Would Not be Sufficient
It turned out that there were so many voters for Trump that it outpaced the Soros-owned voting machine "glitches" that they hoped would steal the election.
They had calculated that changing approximately one out of 100 votes for Hillary in the key “swing states” would be sufficient – and they were wrong.
I was clearly told that Soros was financing most of the riots right now, as I just said. There are also lots of revenge attacks occurring against Russia from Cabal-type groups. I found out that things are very bumpy right now between the Alliance and Cabal. They were NOT supposed to lose the POTUS position.
Very Sickening Information
As David shared in Part One, Dr. Steve Pieczenik revealed that the Alliance was behind the Pizzagate emails. They knew exactly what we were going to find when they leaked them. The general population is being prepared for some very sickening information about all levels of influence in the US Government.
We are going to find out how many influential people (from BOTH political parties) in the US and the EU have been a part of this massive pedophile ring.
This sex-slave ring has also been used as a device to blackmail powerful people into paying large sums of money, as well as to influence how they make policy decisions. Once these uncomfortable truths are disclosed, society will not only be ready for more of the truth, they will take to the streets to demand it.
Once we see how much is hiding below the surface and that this is just "the tip of the iceberg," it will no longer be so easy for any power group to control the people.
A Visit From a Drone
Shortly after I renewed these contacts, my wife came in the back door at about 1PM CST and told me a drone was flying all around the back of our house. I ran outside to see a white drone flying around getting a good look at our house and the parking lot behind us.
For illustrative purposes only. Not exactly how drone actually looked.
It then suddenly flew off quickly to its apparent take-off zone, which had to be pretty far away. I had recently learned that there are similarities to electro-gravitic craft in the way drones operate and are controlled. It was further communicated that some of these exotic craft have flight control systems that mimic game controllers or radio remote controls.
Full Sized Drones Will Appear in Our Skies as a Part of Partial Discolsure
I was told that in our near future, we will see our skies fill with three and four-rotor aircraft that look very similar to the drones that are so popular right now.
I was also told these Tri and Quad-Copters would be almost completely automated, with advanced collision avoidance and auto-pilot features. This scenario would be part of a limited and partial disclosure program. The Cabal had hoped this would result in humanity not being told about anti-gravity technology until some time later.
I was told that the rotors and motors on these drones could be replaced by anti-gravity technologies as they are declassified and become available. These craft will be used quite a lot by the military and police as well as by various civilian industries.
I Got Interested and Purchased a Drone
My interest was peaked to the point to where I decided to purchase a drone of my own to learn how to fly them for myself.
Since I purchased a cheap drone that doesn’t have GPS, all I have done is crash it repeatedly.
I don't think it was a coincidence that a drone was performing an open reconnaissance of my house so soon after I bought my own. This visitation happened in the same week where I had purchased a cheap drone at a local electronic toy store, and only twelve hours after I had published my most recent report.
A Shadow Revolution
If you have read my last report, then you heard that a shadow revolution is occurring in the USA and is being supported by the Earth Alliance. So much of this battle is occurring in the background and over the Internet that we are only now beginning to see it bubbling up into the open.
I think we should all be meditating on a smooth transition and a full disclosure for humanity. Never before have the masses been so fed up with the corruption that is blatantly occurring right in front of our eyes, with no accountability.
We are witnessing the beginning of a grand transition. There will be growing pains for sure, but the end result should make it all worth it. If we can navigate through this time period honorably, we will have set ourselves up for the Consciousness Resonance that we have been robbed of for millennia.
Antarctica and Cabal Surrender
Various world political and religious leaders have been brought down to Antarctica in the last year. The new archeological finds are a major reason for this. They are excitedly taking tours of the findings.
According to sources, the Cabal plans on fleeing to an island in New Zealand, certain areas of South America, and Antarctica.
If so, these meetings may very well be a signal to the Alliance that key members of these Secret Earth Syndicates are preparing to escape justice from an angry American populace.
The Cabal had believed they could steal the election and once again escape their fates. They were wrong.
Buzz Aldrin visited the ruins as well, and something caused him to fall ill and need to leave the area before he was scheduled to.
Corey had put together everything you just read just before our latest Gaia taping. In fact, the write-up was an essential element of organizing his thoughts for our interviews. Not long after we returned home from the taping, additional surprising experiences happened to both Corey and me.
I ended up with a planned power outage that was only supposed to last a few hours, but stretched on well past the time I had to go to bed. Without electricity, the house became cold and dark, and I had to rely on my “prepper” supplies to live comfortably – which I basically did.
A Fairly Prolonged Power Outage May Occur
I saw that this could be a synchronistic warning of a mass power outage that would occur as we head into the final phase of the Cabal’s takedown.
There have been long-standing rumors of an approximately two-week power outage, perhaps a bit longer, as the Alliance goes through the final stages of arresting key Cabal operatives.
This is primarily intended to prevent them from fleeing and to minimize panic and civilian casualties during the arrest process.
Shortly after my power outage, Corey and I got talking via Skype text, and the results were Goode enough that we will close out our article with the notes of our conversations. By this point, Corey had new experiences that added even more to our story - but he hadn’t had time to write them up yet.
We have slightly edited and improved our conversation in order to make it more readable and add greater context in certain areas.
Conversation Between Corey and David
[12/3/16, 2:14:11 AM]
D: We just had a day-long power outage. Everything was pitch black and they didn’t turn it back on until after midnight, well after everyone had to sleep in dire cold. What are your thoughts on the two-week power outage scenario? This seemed like a five-alarm fire-level warning telling me to get ready for it being a lot longer than one night.
C: That is why I delivered the message to have a minimum of two weeks of supplies. I am definitely ready.
Unraveling Very Quickly
D: It does also appear that the Cabal will create a financial collapse to further try to ruin Trump if nothing else works. Pizzagate was the number-one story on the internet yesterday, as evinced by it being the top of Digg, which is a content aggregator. I photographed that. This whole thing is unraveling very quickly.
The more the mainstream media keeps saying there is “no evidence and no victims whatsoever,” the more the kids doing this are waking up and fighting even harder. it’s very interesting.
So I am seriously wondering if the stuff could hit the fan BEFORE the inauguration. They may not be able to hold it off that long and the Cabal may force things to come to a head sooner than that.
Most of the Agreements Have Been Made
C: Things are actually moving at a snail’s pace in the background right now. Just about all of the things we talked about that were being negotiated between the Alliance and the Cabal have now been agreed upon... mostly. In the meantime, prepare to see tons of elite-connected people resigning from their jobs. They will not flee the country, of course, but will "immigrate" to a safe zone out of protest of Trump being president and ruining all of their hard work, et cetera.
D: Wow. How recently since the election did they come to a full agreement?
C: Most of these agreements were final just before the election, once the likely outcome had become apparent, but many have occurred after the election.
D: Both of these data points can and should work their way into the update so it is current. I will see to that. Losing power for this long was like a massive cosmic reset point for me. It does make sense that the Cabal would make an agreement once they see what is happening.
However, their core teaching is “betrayal is the first rule of the order,” so it is unlikely that they will ever accept any deal and actually do it.
The Antarctic Discovery
C: I have now had well over a dozen confirmations that indeed a HUGE F-ING discovery was made down in Antarctica. Indeed there are many, many types of ruins and artifacts strewn out across the continent/ group of islands and in underground facilities beneath the glacier-covered land.
D: Very cool.
C: The update is going to need an update to get current. But I can take care of that.
D: Did this Antarctica discovery get facilitated by icecap melting allowing new areas to be accessed, then coupled with digging, or was it just the result of excavation?
C: There was some melting but mostly years and years of excavating. They use "Steam Blowers" to do most of their excavation of artifacts and to create new areas when they need to build, I was told.
D: They must have hit the mother lode recently if it took them years to get there.
C: Mother-f-ing lode!
Many Square Miles of Ruins
D: That makes sense about the steam blowers. Are we talking about a Manhattan-sized area of buildings and working technological artifacts? That good?
C: Many square miles of ruins have been detected, with only a small percentage that has actually been excavated thus far.
D: So it’s not like the ruins were protected in some sort of dome under the ice and left undamaged. They are all trashed up, I assume, but there are still things in there that can be pulled out. Are any of the buildings in a fairly undamaged condition?
C: They were all flattened/ crushed or knocked over by the event that flash-froze the area. They have tons of trees/ plants and wildlife frozen in place, like they were put on pause. They are also finding many Pre-Adamite bodies.
D: Interesting. I expected that everything would have been thoroughly smashed unless there were some very unique conditions.
There will be a whole lot of giant animals - sloths, mastodons, toxodons, turtles and what so on. The biosphere was very different then.
C: That is absolutely true. They are already pulling out a variety of bodies of flash-frozen prehistoric animals.
Corey is Being Used as a Dream Symbol
C: I just remembered that Ka' Aree told me many people are having dreams of me teaching them in small classes in underground bases and in spaceships. This is because several different "groups" are using me as an avatar in dream contact now as well as the people putting me in that place subconsciously. That is just freaky stuff and I don't like it. An avatar could be used of me to do anything in most dream states.
D: I know the feeling. We’ve both had thousands of people write in after images of us appear in their dreams. We have to remind them that we are not literally traveling there, nor are we aware of what they experienced. Dreams are symbolic and metaphorical in nature, and based on the work we are doing, these symbols usually represent people’s “transcendent aspect,” in Jungian terms.
C: There is quite a lot of dream-scape communication going on from the Inner Earth groups as well as from the ETs and black-ops Government types. People should definitely be paying close attention to whatever they remember right now.
The Cabal Finally Have Something to Feel Positive About
C: Most of my recent intel has about ancient technologies and ruins that are causing a major buzz in the "elite" communities. It is interesting that we circle back to our pre-history during this time of times, as we decide how we as a collective will finish.
D: Maybe it’s nice that the elite finally have something to feel positive about. It may make them feel better about signing a deal with the Alliance and actually NOT lying for once.
The Discoveries Have Captured Everyone's Attention
C: These groups are sort of in a lull between battles right now, and are all sort of focused on some of the recent discoveries.
D: They already have access to really cool stuff, but perhaps this is something that more of the earth-based groups get to enjoy. Those groups haven’t necessarily been able to see the stuff off-planet. So it makes sense that there would be excitement even though there has already been lots of cool stuff to see.
C: This is stuff they knew or heard in myth that existed under the ice, and inside other ruins around the globe. This is the first time anyone has had access to it in roughly ten to eighteen thousand years. So yes... they are pumped.
D: Buzz appears to have been able to see it as well, only to then have some health issues.
C: His old heart probably about pounded out of his Mars Mission shirt.
What are We Going to Find?
D: Are any of the buildings intact and upright enough to walk around inside of them? Any power systems still functional?
C: It sounded like there are some that are not totally flattened above ground. Most of the stuff is below ground in caverns. There are even more ancient sites from these Pre-Adamites that are below the ground, just like we would find a site if we did a "dig". So they have been doing excavations on the surface, digging below the surface as well as in cavern cities/ military complexes that belonged to this ancient group.
They are Going to Make it Public
C: Ancient Aliens will go nuts over this stuff.
D: “Will” as in they intend to make this part of the partial disclosure fairly early along?
C: I presume so, as they are not keeping a very tight lid on these discoveries very well and it’s during a time of an agreed-upon agenda for partial disclosure.
D: Wow. That will be extremely exciting. They probably would prefer to start with something new and earth-based before opening it up to anything off-planet. That makes a lot of sense.
They are Taking Out All the "Good Stuff" and Cleaning it Up
D: They are probably scrambling to remove all the “good stuff” before opening it up any further. That way, they only allow us to “discover” the things they want discovered. So the best tech probably won’t be there.
C: Yes, in fact they have been moving major artifacts already in the giant electro-mag subs under the rift system I had mentioned before.
D: See, I just know too much of how this group works. Cynical from years of study, I guess.
C: Yup, their tactics have not changed for many hundreds of years. It is hard to be positive knowing all of the stuff going on in the background, but I do the best I can.
When Did this All Start and What Did they Find?
D: Are a majority of the top Cabal people touring there at various times? And when did the discovery actually get excavated to an appreciable degree?
C: The first discoveries occurred some time back, not sure. They had an idea of what was below the ice after doing very high-tech scans from space. They had been excavating one site and discovered many, many others spread out across what used to be dry ground. This happened over time.
They have been studying what they are finding, and moving some of it out before bringing in various bigwigs from various secret societies. Then they do tours like the "Cabal Disneyland" they have in the stasis chamber in Ohio.
They are continuing to excavate, but know what is around in the areas where they have cleared away the ice. They are worried that all of the steam excavation could cause the surface of the ice shelf to collapse down on the sites they have uncovered.
I think they would have to go public in some sort of a way to go bigger on this excavation and widen it.
Why Couldn't You Talk About This Before?
D:Very interesting. Why was there a feeling of you not being able to discuss this before now? You had about three months where you were alluding to this but couldn’t go into details. I don’t understand what the sensitivity factor was all about.
C: Preservation of Public Perception.
D: I don’t get it. They didn’t want you to be first to break the story? They want to maintain the narrative and do it their own way instead of having it leaked?
C: The SSP had operatives in place on our end. That kept some of the info from coming out sooner. The Elite want to maintain the narrative.
Alliance Personnel Would Have Been Compromised
D: So the SSP Alliance folks are the reason why this discovery is coming out sooner, as in now, through your leaks?
C: Yes, and all SSP and Alliance assets have been removed from the theater.
D: Right… they had to clean it all up first.
C: Yes, they had assets in place in key labs and installations etc. All of that intel is being gathered right now. There are tons of freaking labs down there studying all kinds of stuff.
D: I am sure there are… or at least there were.
C: Carcasses of pre-historic animals are being packed up and sent on these subs as well.
D: That makes sense.
Maintaining Security for the Alliance
D: Is there a reason why you were ordered not to reveal this any sooner, considering these folks are the Alliance? I am not sure I understand the structure of the timing.
C: The structure was that we couldn't talk about it without letting the cabal know who was giving the info. Then they would find out assets were in place, identify who they were and kill them. So after the assets were removed, the info could come out... most of it.
D: Wow. That makes perfect sense.
Why Would You be Briefed on Sensitive Intel?
D: I guess the next question is why are they telling you anything and then asking you not to leak it, considering you could be abducted and have it extracted from you by electro-chemical means? I still don’t understand why you are getting told things you can’t share.
C: They apparently wanted all this to get to the Air Force guy that questioned me for some reason during the time of extracting the assets.
D: Wow. Very interesting about “Sigmund.” Now it is actually all making sense.
We Don't Want to Ruin it
D: I guess the only other thing that concerns me is if we “leak” this, couldn’t the elite turn around and change plans, and ensure that no one ever sees it? Or are they so close to defeat that it is going to see the light of day either way?
C: They may try to cover it up again, but things are so far gone for them it doesn't matter much.
Sigmund Has Finally Figured it Out
C: Sigmund was causing a LOT of problems for the SSP Alliance. He was hunting them down as traitors, pretty much. Once he got this recent info from me, he then turned and has been asking a lot of angry questions from his superiors. So that mission seems to be accomplished for now.
C: These missions are usually not clear for me as I move through them. It is a hard way to work for sure.
Why Couldn't He Have Got the Intel Through Other Means?
D: I don’t know why he couldn’t have just pulled phone records from my calls with “Jacob” and Henry Deacon and compared it to what you were saying. There are far, far, far too many specifics to be fake.
C: He thinks they are all full of it and are gaming you as well.
D: It’s not possible to telepathically download so many specifics from each other at that level of complexity. It would be much easier for them to be telling the truth than for it to be some vastly coordinated deception. I just could never buy it, and that is why I have always been behind you 100 percent.
C: Yea, they were trying to figure out if I was just one hell of a psychic pulling this stuff out of the ether.
This Has Been a Major Shift for the Positive
C: Whatever the truth really was, ole Sigmund was going to get to the bottom of it and find all security leaks for sure. He does not screw around.
D: I am very glad to hear he is no longer destroying the SSP Alliance.
C: It was causing the SSP Alliance members that are a part of these programs in the military to be so shy that they were not coming out of cover to report and do command and control work. So, yes this is a big deal.
D: And this was the guy at the center of the whole problem. This is very interesting. It is quite a relief that things have turned around. You were used, definitely, but you may have saved the entire Full Disclosure scene in the process. Has the SSPA’s attitude towards us improved any since the Wrangler days? I would imagine this was a major win.
C: I don't think they have had a lot of time to talk bad about us for a while now. They are very happy Sigmund was leaving them alone right now.
Even More Intel After Part One was Published
[David’s note: This was where we had left off, and were ready to go. Right after Part One went up, the MIC SSP seemed very happy. We were then given the following intel.]
[12/7/16, 9:28:52 AM]
C: Wow to the frickin’ WOW! I got a nice chunk of info about the Pre-Adamite ruins and other things discovered in Antarctica during a “No-Questions Briefing” this morning. It was from MIC SSP personnel sent by Sigmund.
The Pre-Adamites Went to Antarctica to Re-Inhabit Ancient Builder Race Ruins
It appears that there was already some ice on Antarctica w/the Pre-Adamites arrived. It was, of course, in a different position than it is today – much closer to the equator.
They went to this semi-tropical region even though it was not as hospitable as other places on the planet for a reason.
They were coming here with little technology from a dire situation, and wanted to take advantage of Ancient Builder Race ruins and technology in Antarctica. There is at least one ancient builder race ruin complex there that is over 1.8 billion years old.
Amazing Technological Remnants
The researchers found pretty amazing ancient tech remnants. One discovery was a complex of rooms with a gold/ copper alloy mix that were in plates covering the ceilings, walls and floors of this complex.
Image of Botataung Temple in Yangon, Burma. Just for a general vision, not exact.
They had weird spirals and grooves in the plates. They were obviously for channeling large amounts of electricity. There were other rooms that had a different atmosphere than we breathe, where the gravity is only about 36 percent of one actual Earth "G”.
Cannibalised Their Own Craft
It looks like the Pre-Adamites cannibalized the ancient builder race ruins and technology along with the technology they had brought with them from their original world. It was "obvious" that they had also cannibalized the craft they arrived in to build the oldest parts of this Pre-Adamite main city.
Dude... there are so many things they have found/ are finding. They have excavated little of what they have detected. I hope to hear more soon. I was told to keep this under wraps until more info has come in. Sharing w/you though.
D: Two days later we got authorized to include this material, which I was very happy about. Additional intel came in as well:]
Dehydrated, Mummified Bodies
C: Amazing ancient ruins were found in large areas of Antarctica, along with flash frozen pre-historic animals and the inhabitants of the cities at the time -- who were all killed in a major catastrophe.
They have found these people looked much the same as the bodies that were discovered while excavating the Pompeii Italy eruption. The Adamites that were not mixed/ hybrid breeds were indeed in the 12-foot-tall range.
The bodies were all dehydrated and looked like rubber or dried leather.
For illustrative purposes only. Not actual example
Many had slight pot bellies w/fat pockets on them as they did on their chests – like the dreaded “man boobs.”
They were wiry with very little muscle definition. They were in dress that was very similar to Egyptian, except it was more lavish, colorful and pretty, with fine linens, et cetera.
Their style was similar to Ancient Egypt, but with a slightly different look on the headdresses and garments as well.
The Highest-Ranking MIC SSP Officers do Know About ET's
[12/9/16, 6:39:39 AM]
C: One clarification needs to be made for the article. The highest-ranking officers in the MIC SSP know there are a few other ETs here in the solar system. They know of four or five that frequent the Earth, and over fifty that are known to have visited Earth or our solar system. Only the bigwigs like Sigmund know about the larger number of ETs. They plan on reporting to the masses that either no ETs are here now, or they may introduce us to a human-looking ET that has been here for a long time.
D: It is very interesting to hear that the MIC SSP guys do know about some ETs and are not necessarily kept in the dark. That was new.
C: Yes, many of the higher-ups know of a handful, like the info in the books that NATO had in the 60's. There are various groups of military and intel groups that make up the MIC SSP with different narratives.
D: We can clarify all of that.
C: Most of lower ppl don't know of aliens and all of them have wanted to push the ancient aliens info and the story that current ET's are time travelers. That is what they wanted to do to the public in partial disclosure.
D: This is very interesting and useful and we will definitely work it in there, as I did not know that.
Genetic Experiments Were Being Conducted
[12/10/16, 5:28:01 AM]
C: I am getting more and more... in chunks so to speak. There have been finds of complexes of genetics labs that were creating all sorts of mixes and matches of humanoid species on Earth. They were mixing the DNA of each of the Earth humanoids that were meant to be separate "experiments" of the Genetic Farmer Races.
This created all sorts of human hybrids. They also bred certain traits into small test populations to create different types of humans (Giants, etc).
This Created Problems With the "Genetic Farmers"
They seemed to also be working on bringing back certain HUMANOID "Dinosaur" type races that had perished on Earth long ago. This was a major problem for the Genetic Farmer Races (GFR's) whose current experiments were being contaminated and hijacked.
For illustrative purposes only. Not based on exact intel.
Then this "global incident" occurred that purged most of the Pre-Adamite genetic experiments. The PA's were breeding these humans as beasts of burden, and to protect and serve them. Working mines, etc... This sort of thing had been done to humans on multiple occasions over the last few hundred thousand years.
Connection to the Cayce Readings
D: Fascinating. Are you aware that the Cayce Readings said that one of the two main reasons the Atlanteans were destroyed by the Elohim were that they were playing around with genetics? They were apparently making hybrids between humans and different types of non-human creatures.
C: No, I haven't looked at the Cayce stuff much at all.
D: This is just another example of where you hear things that so thoroughly validate stuff I’ve been talking about for 20 years. It’s amazing.
The Bodies Were Mummified
D: Did they succeed on getting reptilian species made?
C: There were different iterations of humanoid types of these species but I don’t know how far along they were. Far enough for them to get in trouble, I guess.
D: So they literally found these labs with bodies of different types of hybrids growing in the incubators?
C: Oh, the bodies are in very rubbery/leathery condition... The tests after excavation showed that the ice had quite a lot of signs of salty sea water in it. They found a lot of animals and humanoids in the process of being created in these labs.
D: Just for specifics, are the humanoids seen inside cylindrical tubes or something along those lines as they are being grown?
C: Nothing that specific, only that they were found in the process of being created in complexes of genetic labs.
D: It would have to be something like that. They would need protection as they were in the growth phase and they probably make them to order in at least a semi-adult form.
C: Or grow them inside another beast of burden. The word "breed" was used.
D: That could be but I think it is more technological. Breeding could still be technological.
They Were in Survival Mode
C: The Pre-Adamites were doing things lower tech than they would like. They were here with very little of their tech or comforts from home. They were in survival mode up until the global event.
D: Right. That makes sense.
C: Not sure if I told you but I did in my tweet... many Pre-Adamite bodies were found similar to the way bodies were found in Pompeii. It has actually been nicknamed by some as the "Pompeii on Ice."
We Need to Expand Our Focus
C: Right now all of these SSP people and these beings are wanting people like us to focus outside of our choirs that we preach to.Books, Speaking Events and TV shows that mainly market to people that are already awake is not going to really get us anywhere overall in a larger sense.
What we do helps the group consciousness a lot for sure, but is not doing enough to reach a larger group of monkeys to kick that 100th monkey effect into super high gear. This is what is needed for us to achieve the optimal temporal reality.
This now brings you up to date with our latest intel. Exciting changes are in store for humanity. It may seem hard to believe any of these things are true. We understand that.
Bear in mind that one of the most important reasons why we are doing this is so that the Establishment cannot control the narrative. We do not want Partial Disclosure. With “Sigmund” now aware that he has been lied to, that whole plan may no longer work.
If you start hearing any of the things we have been saying here as mainstream news, then you can remember where you heard it first. We can also expect that many more people will come back to this write-up after such an announcement, or some variant of it, is made.
Doing the Work
Both David and I are working on releasing as much quality intel as possible in the time window that we still have. If the Establishment were to release this intel first, then we would appear to be riding on their coat-tails.
The future is sure to be very interesting and the telltale signs of an Endgame are already visible. This is the greatest football game in our recorded history and the outcome is not yet defined.
You can help steer this towards a positive result by maintaining a loving, positive attitude in your thoughts and actions towards yourself and others.
Winning the Cosmic Battle
This is indeed a cosmic battle between good and evil, and the good guys are winning.
The key to success is in not allowing any negative information you encounter to affect your overall positive attitude and co-creation of a better future.
You are already seeing major elements of what we have been telling you now appearing as widespread realizations, with plenty of provable evidence.
The Cabal’s only real chance to stave off defeat and appease the Alliance is Disclosure. So we have some very interesting experiences to look forward to in the near future.
Update by David Wilcock Before Posting: The Story is Already Leaking
We were urged to get this article out, in the strongest possible terms, as fast as possible. Corey's article went up Sunday morning, December 11th, after we had worked on it all week as fast as we could.
Almost immediately after posting, the planned intel roll-out we were warned about started to happen. It was an incredible "coincidence" that was obviously a very deliberate event:
Let's read a part of this for ourselves, as this was quite astonishing:
US Air Force Lt. Colonel Harold Z Ohlmeyer sent a letter in 1960 to Professor Hapgood saying his theory on the Piri Reis map was correct.
“The geographical detail shown in the lower part of the map agrees very remarkably with the results of the seismic profile made across the top of the ice-cap by the Swedish-British Antarctic Expedition of 1949.
This indicates the coastline had been mapped before it was covered by the ice-cap. This part of Antarctica [is] ice free.
The ice-cap in this region is now about a mile thick.”
Conspiracists now think Hapgood was right and he discovered that much of the south pole was ice free – and also the location of The Lost City of Atlantis.
The existence of this mythical utopia was first mentioned in the writings by ancient Greek philosopher Plato in 360 BC. The Atlantis that Plato described was founded by people who were half god and half human around 9,000 years before his own time.
If it did exist, this would be at a similar time that Professor Hapgood said shifts had occurred in the Earth’s crust.
Thank you for your support of our work. This is really starting to get exciting!
Pike River: The Great Disgrace December 13 2016 | From: Uncensored / Archvival
The recent open letter from the directors of solid energy regarding pike river - the greatest disgrace & corrupt act of treason in New Zealand’s history.
Solid Energy's penned an open letter defending its plan to permanently seal the Pike River mine reiterating it won't change its stance. The company's directors maintain it's not safe to re-enter the mine, and say anyone who disagrees is being ‘reckless’.
But families of the 29 men who died in the in the 2010 explosions are protesting near the site and say Solid Energy is ignoring ‘expert research’ that shows the mine can safely be re-entered. The mine is expected to be permanently sealed by February.
According to Dr Jacob Cohen’s mind-blowing book Murder at Pike River Mine (on the Internet, (the NZ intelligence agencies have been trying to censor censoring it) or it is available through Mr Lawrie Drew at Greymouth (a father of one of the victims):
The 29 miners at Pike River Mine explosion in 2010 were all deliberately murdered, to facilitate Pike River Coal Ltd to collect a $100 million insurance pay-out, turn the public’s attitude away from underground coal mining and reduce opposition to open-cut mining.
allow BATHURST RESOURCES LIMITED (at the time registered on the Australian Stock Exchange but now dually listed) which foreign bankers also secretly control with Pike River Coal, to overtly come into New Zealand and buy up all of the country’s coal resources and then open cut mine it – which has by now almost been fully completed!
2. Interestingly, Dr Cohen mentions in great detail with references from Bathurst’s own website, that just before the explosion in the mine, BANK OF AMERICA was aggressively buying up shares in Bathurst Resources Limited. Guess who was working for Bank of America before he became NZ Prime Minister.
COLLUSION BETWEEN THE DIRECTORS OF PIKE RIVER COAL LTD, THE DIRECTORS OF THE BIG SHAREHOLDERS OF PIKE RIVER COAL, THE NEW ZEALAND GOVERNMENT, THE NZ PM, THE NZ MINISTER OF POLICE, THE NZ JUDICIARY, THE NZ INTELLIGENCE AGENCIES, THE ROYAL COMMISSION INTO THE PIKE RIVER COAL MINE DISASTER, THE MAINSTREAM MEDIA AND THE FOREIGN BANKING CRIMINALS THAT CONTROL THE LOT AT THE TOP – has ensured the New Zealand public have been totally brainwashed about the true facts of this monstrous crime and cover-up.
4. And just to make sure the mine victims’ families, or the general public can’t ever know the full truth about the crime, or even get into the mine to inspect the crime scene, and can’t sue the Government, the companies or Pike’s criminal directors, the spurious rat and High Court Judge heading the corrupt, Royal Commission of Inquiry.
Oh, the quandry for the corporate 'it', such that is has intentionally failed
According to Lawrie Drew, HAS EMBARGOED ALL THE CRITICAL EVIDENCE FOR 75 YEARS! And yes, this has all been totally censored by the incredibly vile, corrupt mainstream media!
5. This means, in simple man’s terms, that the corrupt lawyers and judiciary involved all now know, that when for example the Government Department supposedly that wanted to bring CEO of Pike River Coal Peter Whittall to trial under Health and Safety laws (actually it was just a pretence because they all knew that it would fail) all that Peter Whittall’s legal counsel had to say to the judge in the pre-trial hearing was:
“Your Honour, as all the critical evidence has been been embargoed by the Royal Commission for 75 years, we cannot get disclosure and my client cannot defend himself against the allegations because all the evidence is being kept secret and cannot be accessed.”
Judge: “Case dismissed.”
This therefore means that the NZ Government, police, the judiciary etc. at least at the top - ALL KNOW they are a pack of lying criminals, including the drafters of this latest “Open Letter FROM THE DIRECTORS OF SOLID ENERGY.”
7. All I can say is, because of the widespread indifference of the the general public in putting up with this outrageous evil, we all deserve the judgment coming on us all. Because inevitably it will come. If they will get away with this, what will be next?
9. Finally these devils want to seal up the entrance to the mine with a 30 metre thick plug of concrete. 30 metres! Can you believe it? They sure do want to make sure nobody ever investigates the crime scene don’t they?
In the United States of America a similar coal mine explosion occurred at the Upper Big Branch Mine not long before Pike River explosion when exactly 29 miners were also killed. Since then, the miners’ families have received millions of dollars in pay-outs and the CEO of the company concerned Don Blankenchip is now in jail.
Yet here in New Zealand, not even one director has even been charged or brought to trial. We hear about the criminal activities of government agencies in the United States being bad, but our government and corporate criminal cabal is a hundred times worse! 29 miners cruelly killed, and yet nobody has even received a slap on the hand. What an utter disgrace.
Frankly, if we just sit back and put if with this rot and say nothing about the blatant lies being perpetuated by the mainstream corporate media propaganda goons, nearly five million of us, seriously, I fear for the freedoms and liberties of every single person in this country.
Isn’t it about time things changed dramatically?
Pike River Murder Of 29 Miners & Blocking Of Re-Entry September 25 2014 | From: Dr Jacob Cohen & 'Jack' (see download link below)
A censored book claims corruption at the very highest level of Government, Poice, International Bankers, Corporations and Media Propoganda - naming those who should be charged.
"I’ve been watching the reports on TV and mainstream media over last couple of days, and hadn’t realised that your victim’s families had sought, successfully, under the Official Information Act the expert’s reports that say the drift 2.3 km access tunnel is now perfectly safe for re-entry, yet Solid Energy have been lying about this fact, and it is plain what their delayed decision in October will be negative!"
"Clearly, there is something in the access tunnel that they know they don’t want to be revealed to either you or the public.
It all points to the fact the serious allegations in Dr Jacob Cohen’s book, MURDER AT PIKE RIVER MINE are 100% correct, and that all the miners were plainly murdered.
Further, in even greater support of Dr Cohen’s penetrating allegations now, is the undeniable fact that government intelligence agencies (it couldn’t be anyone else) have REMOVED and CENSORED the book almost entirely from the Internet. The only copy I could find this morning was on this site below.
You can have a look at the few remaining references to it if you GOOGLE-search it and you will find the book’s references are still there, but the book has been DELETED.
Perhaps, you and the families, could have copies of the book printed up and personally delivered to all MPs.
While this would not guarantee mine re-entry and police examination of some of the crime scene, at least it will mean that the entire government, (representing the entire nation) has been properly informed of the real truth and the blatant cover-up, headed by big business in collusion with the NZ Prime Minister John Key, brought out so vividly by Dr Cohen."
Rothschild’s Greater Israel Plan Is Effectively Defeated December 12 2016 | From: Geopolitics
On the eve of the complete recovery of Aleppo City, Rothschild puppet Obama issued a rather strange last minute attempt at saving the anti-Assad operation by granting a waiver for military restrictions on the nature of war materiel aid to its proxies, i.e. “moderate rebels” and Al-Nusra terror operatives.
A White House press release Thursday announced that foreign fighters in Syria supporting US special operations “to combat terrorism in Syria” would be excused from restrictions on military assistance.
“I hereby determine that the transaction, encompassing the provision of defense articles and services to foreign forces, irregular forces, groups, or individuals engaged in supporting or facilitating ongoing U.S. military operations to counter terrorism in Syria, is essential to the national security interests of the United States,”President Obama affirmed in the presidential determination and waiver.
The order delegates responsibility to the US secretary of state to work with and report to Congress on weapons export proposals, requiring 15 days’ notice before they are authorized.
Obama announced a similar waiver of the Arms Export Control Act in September 2013, following the Ghouta chemical attack in August of that year.
That order facilitated the transfer of US military weaponry to “select vetted members” of opposition forces battling Syrian President Bashar Assad, while Thursday’s order appears less narrow in scope.
Why would he issue such 11th hour executive order after he admitted the US incapacity to topple the Talibans in Afghanistan?
The most probable reason would be that once Aleppo is completely liberated, the full degree of US involvement on the ISIS misadventures in Syria and Iraq would be exposed for all the world to see.
“Civilians who escaped from terrorists talk about new crimes committed by militants of the so-called moderate opposition in eastern Aleppo. Cases of torture, public executions and massacres of the population have been confirmed.”
There wasn’t any Plan B in Syria because there wasn’t any need for it if only Hillary Clinton won the White House for the Cabal.
All they could do now is to keep on imposing all sorts of sanctions against all Syrian allies as if they still control everything just like before. Yet, while Russia and China have been buying more gold and other physical assets, the West keeps losing on the economic front, and they just don’t care because they, the policymakers, are all insulated from these crises.
While the politicians are barking at the Russian-led operations, US and EU companies are expressing their interest in getting back to the Russian market.
Carter Page, a former adviser to US President-elect Donald Trump’s presidential campaign, told Sputnik that US and European companies are interested to “get back” to the Russian market.
“There is a high level of interest amongst US as well as European companies to get back to the Russian market. This interest cuts across a diverse array of sectors,” Page told Sputnik.
He also commented on the recent Rosneft privatization deal. Page believes that efforts to punish the Russian oil giant have backfired and primarily hurt Western companies:
“The hostile efforts to punish Rosneft and their senior management team through Western sanctions have primarily hurt Western companies, rather than their intended target. This week’s innovative transaction underscores these constraints, as many other potential strategic investment partners were excluded,” Page said.
The Obama desperate countermeasures to salvage the dire Daesh situation in Syria, and the expression of unwillingness on the part of the business sector in the West are proof enough that the people are tired of wars and sanctions.
Still, tangible actions beyond the choice of “lesser evil” need to be done by the Europeans. The rise of the Pirate Party in Iceland is a good template.
Elsewhere in Asia, the Khazarian Empire continues to lose some of its cooperative regimes. South Korean President Park is impeached.
South Korean lawmakers voted overwhelmingly on Friday to impeach President Park Geun-hye over an influence-peddling scandal, setting the stage for her to become the country’s first elected leader to be expelled from office in disgrace.
The impeachment motion was carried by a wider-than-expect 234-56 margin in a secret ballot in parliament, meaning more than 60 of Park’s own conservative Saenuri Party members backed removing her. The votes of least 200 members of the 300-seat chamber were needed for the motion to pass.
The Constitutional Court must now decide whether to uphold the motion, a process that could take up to 180 days.
Russia and Japan are also inching closer to a settlement of the Kuril Islands dispute.
Andrei Fesyun, an expert at the Higher School of Economics in Moscow, said that setting up joint ventures on the islands was a highly complicated issue.
“There was an idea to build a spa hotel there and other things but there are more to this than just economic gain for business. For the Japanese the Kuril Islands are a very sensitive issue and what Prime Minister [Shinzo] Abe is now doing is nothing short of a heroic feat.
He is the first Japanese Premier to openly say that he wants to have better relations with Russia. I can imagine how much resistance he has to deal with, that’s why I don’t think we should expect any quick breakthroughs here. One thing is clear: we are now ready to meet and talk things over,” he said.
… Fumio Kishida arrived in Moscow on December 3 for a two-day visit ahead of President Vladimir Putin’s planned official trip to Japan later this month.
Lavrov said that Kishida’s meeting with President Putin on Friday showed directions in which Japanese-Russian relations should progress.
Meanwhile, Japan’s Foreign Ministry has expressed hope that President Vladimir Putin’s visit to Japan on December 15-16 would further strengthen relations between the two countries. According to the statement, Putin will meet with Japanese Prime Minister Shinzo Abe in Nagato and in Tokyo.
The fall of the South Korean puppet government, and Japan’s peaceful re-engagement with Russia, will make it impossible for the installation of the US THAAD missile system, in both countries.
We are hoping that all of these positive developments should not make way for any desperate attempt at pushing the red button, as predicted by multiple sources.
The Fight to Save Us From Satan's Subliminal Rock Messages December 12 2016 | From: AtlasObscura
In the 1980s, many politicians were convinced there were devious, secret messages hidden inside popular records.
On April 27, 1982, members of the California Assembly’s Consumer Protection and Toxics Committee gathered in Sacramento to hear Robert Plant endorse Satan. This was not a straightforward testimonial.
Note: The following story essentially attempts to de-bunk the idea that the music industry is not satanic, and that negative influences are utilsed. Whether the author is aware or not, both points are wrong, as the links included and insider experience will attest. While it is an interesting enough read, the links take it apart on the way through...
For one thing, the Led Zeppelin frontman wasn’t actually in attendance. Also, his pro-devil paeans could only be heard when you played “Stairway to Heaven” backwards.
After circulating pamphlets with the “backward masked” declarations spelled out, that’s precisely what Assemblyman Phillip Wyman and panel witness William H. Yarroll II did. The relevant portion of the eight-minute classic was first played forward for committee members and then reversed.
“I sing because I live with Satan. The Lord turns me off. There’s no escaping it. Here’s to my sweet Satan.”
Yarroll, who identified himself as a “neuroscientist,” noted that a teenager need only listen to “Stairway to Heaven” three times before these backward messages were “stored as truth.”
It wasn’t just Plant reverse-singing Satan’s praises, either. According to Yarroll, bands ranging from Styx to the Beatles also had secret backmasked messages hidden in their music - messages that, in the words of legislative proposal A.B. 3741, had the power to “manipulate our behavior without our knowledge or consent and turn us into disciples of the Antichrist.”
As the bill’s sponsor, Wyman wanted mandatory warning labels on all rock albums containing these morally dubious backward messages.
“Suppose young people have heard ‘Stairway to Heaven’ two or three hundred times and there has been implanted in their subconscious mind pro satanic messages or incantations?” he told Terry Drinkwater the following day on a CBS Evening News segment.
Indeed, this was the truly insidious part of backmasking. Even though you had to play records in reverse to decipher the occultic messages, they could still subliminally imprint themselves upon young teen minds when played in the standard direction.
During the same news segment, Yarroll described how the brain unscrambles a backward masked message:
“We have it stored in the unconscious as a truth image,” he said, “and as the creative unconscious side of the brain does, it goes through scanning the unconscious brain to go about and bring those truth images to the surface and make them reality for us.”
After calling the issue ”exciting and interesting,” committee chairman Sally Tanner (D-El Monte) delayed an official vote until the music industry and band members could weigh in on the matter. That day never came. But the national panic surrounding subliminal satanic messages in rock music was about to reach fever pitch.
In the early ’70s, backmasking - or the practice of recording vocals and instruments backwards and then reinserting them into the forward mix of a song - was something a music savvy (and possibly stoned) Beatles fan might bring up.
A decade later, it had become a cause célèbre for conservative religious leaders, school teachers, parents, and even politicians.
Whether it was the reversed voice of Freddie Mercury declaring ”it’s fun to smoke marijuana” on “Another One Bites the Dust” or Styx imploring Satan to “move through our voices” on “Snowblind,” there seemed to be mounting evidence that rock music was literally becoming a mouthpiece for the devil.
Believers held record-smashing parties, appeared on popular TV talk shows, wrote books, formed watchdog groups, and, perhaps most importantly, called their government representatives to warn them.
By 1982, state and federal legislation was being introduced at a steady clip to combat rock and roll’s hidden satanic agenda. Two weeks after the California Assembly hearing in Sacramento, California congressman Robert Dornan introduced H.R. 6363 to the House. Also known as the ”Phonograph Record Backward Masking Labeling Act,” the bill aimed to do the same thing as Wyman’s A.B. 3741, only on a national level.
While it would ultimately be shuffled off to the Subcommittee on Commerce, Transportation and Tourism to die, other bills - including one in Arkansas a year later - were passed unanimously by both house and senate members (then-Governor Bill Clinton ultimately vetoed that one).
For its own part, the music industry responded with a bemused skepticism. Styx’s James Young called the whole idea of satanic backmasking a hoax perpetrated by religious zealots, and refused to attend any meeting or hearing where the topic was discussed.
Then there was Bob Garcia of A&M Records, who declared;
“It must be the devil putting these messages on the records because no one here knows how to do it.”
A spokesman for Led Zeppelin’s record label, Swan Song Records, issued just one statement in response to the “Stairway to Heaven” satanic allegations:
“Our turntables only rotate in one direction.”
Taken as a whole, these reactions only stoked the righteous (and possibly entrepreneurial) fires of religious leaders like pastor Gary Greenwald, who started holding backmasking seminars all over the country.
The problem, as you may have already guessed, was that the whole thing was a bunch of diabolical tihsllub.
Let’s pause here to do something most satanic backmasking proponents never did during the controversy: distinguish between real engineered backmasking and the majority of messages people thought they were hearing during the ’70s and ’80s. The former is a technique that dates back to the advent of recorded music.
The latter is the result of what psychologists call pareidolia (more on that in a bit), and is simply the brain’s attempt to make sense of the gibberish that results from phonetic reversals.
“Recording things backwards really began when the field of sound recording began,” says Alex Case, president of the Audio Engineering Society. After Thomas Edison’s invention of the phonograph in 1877, there was rampant experimentation both with recorded speech and music.
“It’s clear that part of the sales pitch when they were selling wax cylinder recorders would be to record someone speaking and then play it backwards for them,” says Case. Fittingly, the phrase “mad dog” (“goddamn” in reverse) seems to have been a crowd favorite.
Real backmasking - intentional backwards music or speech in musical compositions - began to come into vogue during the 1940s with experimental composers like Pierre Schaeffer. Playing records (and later, tapes) backwards was, according to Case, a way for musicians and composers to fool around with timbre and produce new and distinct sounds.
By most accounts, that’s precisely what attracted the Beatles to the practice. The band famously used backward instrumentation, including a backward guitar solo, on their 1966 album Revolver.
“Rain,” the B-side of “Paperback Writer,” has what is believed to be the first backward masked message in a pop song. Its coda is a backwards version of the song’s first line: “When the rain comes, they run and hide their heads.”
Yet while the Beatles may have popularized the practice, the satanic backmasking scare of the 1980s required more than just the willful misrepresentation of a decades-old musical trend. It also needed some good old fashioned pseudoscience.
A drive-in movie theater in Fort Lee, New Jersey just happened to provide a perfect junk science laboratory. Over the course of six weeks in 1957, unsuspecting filmgoers were the subjects of a grand marketing experiment.
Using a special high-speed projector, researcher and social psychologist James Vicary inserted the words “drink Coke” and “eat popcorn” into movies that summer.
Invisible to the human eye, each message lasted for 1/3,000th of a second and was repeated in five-second intervals during films on alternating nights.
By the end of the six weeks, Vicary claimed 45,699 people had been subjected to his subliminal inducements. He also claimed that popcorn and Coke sales went up 57.5 and 18.1 percent, respectively.
At a press conference held later that same year, Vicary described the results of this now infamous study to help boost interest in his new “Subliminal Projection Company,” an attempt to commercialize what he called a major breakthrough in subliminal advertising.
The public and press went bonkers, and not in a good way.
The first sentence of an influential op-ed responding to the press conference by journalist Norman Cousins read: ”Welcome to 1984.”
He, like many others, wondered what such a technology could mean not just for advertisers who wanted to sell us stuff, but also for governments seeking to steer public sentiment.
For its own part, the FCC almost immediately threatened to suspend the broadcast license of any company that dared use Vicary’s machine.
In the years following the experiment, the CIA started looking into the “operational potential of subliminal perception” (they found it ”exceedingly limited”), and authors like Wilson Bryan Key began cranking out books such as Subliminal Seduction, which claimed that sexual images (and the actual word “sex”) were being hidden in hundreds of ads.
But when the Canadian Broadcasting Corporation tried to replicate Vicary’s claims by subliminally flashing the message “Call now” during a popular Sunday night program, there was no increase in phone calls.
The station later told viewers they had inserted a message and asked them to guess what it might have been. Almost half of the roughly 500 viewers claimed to have been made hungry or thirsty during the show, which aired during dinner time.
Vicary’s study was clearly on the public’s mind, which was problematic because it was completely made up. From the beginning, Vicary refused to release key details about his study.
Not only was there never any independent evidence to support his claims about the effectiveness of subliminal advertising, years later, Vicary admitted he had done only enough research to file a patent for his machine, and actually had collected barely any data. Even worse, his machine didn’t seem to work half the time once people did try to test it.
Of course, none of that mattered by the late ’70s and early ’80s. Subliminal messaging was being used in self-help tapes, in department store Muzak to ward off shoplifters, and, if you believed Key, to sell the American public lots and lots of booze and cigarettes.
Fast-forward 25 years, when two psychologists from the University of Lethbridge in Alberta, Canada decided to figure out why so many of their neighbors to the south were hearing devilish incantations in their rock music.
After being contacted by a skeptical local radio DJ who had attended one of pastor Gary Greenwald’s backmasking talks, John Vokey and his colleague Don Read agreed to come up with a series of experiments that would directly address the idea of subliminal satanic messages.
The psychologists decided to start their study by recording a few simple passages from Lewis Carroll’s Jabberwocky and the 23rd Psalm.
They wanted to find out whether the content of backward messages had any measureable influence on a listener, consciously or otherwise.
They also wanted to see if the alleged backward messages people were hearing in rock music were perhaps more about active construction on the listener’s part and less about a devious satanic plan to corrupt young people.
After each passage was recorded forward in a few languages, Vokey and Read re-recorded them backward and played them for 65 test subjects.
They found that the participants could discern things like the sex of the speaker with 98.9 percent accuracy when the passages were played backwards. Subjects also displayed a better-than-chance ability to detect the language of the backwards messages.
But when it came to deriving any kind of meaning from the passages, things didn’t go as well. Another series of tests asked subjects to categorize the content of the backwards messages as a nursery rhyme, Christian, satanic, or pornographic.
The results were no greater than chance, and the meaning of the backwards messages didn’t appear to have been understood at any level, says Vokey.
In a final experiment, the two psychologists listened to the backwards passages themselves and came up with some real sounding phrases hidden within them. They found the following: “Saw a girl with a weasel in her mouth,” “snatched her nips,” and, to their delight, “I saw Satan.” Listen below:
“It wasn’t as easy as it sounds,” says Vokey. “We had to drink a lot of beer to create those messages.” The two psychologists also invented control messages that didn’t fit the phonological patterns of the samples.
Just as Vokey predicted, when subjects were instructed to listen for the phrases, they were unable to hear the control messages but were successful in detecting the phonologically plausible ones at a rate of 84.6 percent. Mind you, this was only after the phrases had been provided to them.
As Vokey and Read noted in their now famous article about the study, ”Subliminal Messages: Between the Devil and the Media,” this suggested you really could induce people to hear messages that weren’t there so long as they were plausible-sounding interpretations.
How was this relevant to the satanic backmasking scare? Well, for one critical reason: Believers were almost always providing the alleged backward masked phrases before having others listen to them. It’s what happened at the 1982 California Assembly hearing, and it was the MO for religious leaders like Greenwald.
In what has become a staple of modern Intro to Psych perception lectures, professors will often play these backmasked songs or similar garbled and distorted messages. When students aren’t given any guidance, almost all of them struggle to make sense of the gibberish. Once supplied with a phonetically plausible phrase, however, suddenly they can’t hear anything but that phrase.
This is what psychologists call pareidolia. For the same reason some of us see faces on Mars and Jesus in toast, we also can be led to hear things that aren’t there.
Our brains are exceptional pattern recognition machines, particularly when comes to sound and vision. Often, all it takes is a little priming to get things rolling.
As many have noted, one of the many delicious ironies of the ’80s backmasking panic is that it actually helped rekindle the practice in popular music.
As rock bands began to regularly get accused of hiding secret satanic messages in their records, they figured: why not start putting real messages in them? Many of these were sarcastic rebuttals to the backmasking controversy itself.
On ELO’s fifth studio album, Face the Music, you can find this tongue-in-cheek message at the start of the song “Fire on High”: “The music is reversible, but time is not. Turn back, turn back, turn back.”
Pink Floyd had some fun on The Wall’s “Empty Spaces,” as well. When played backwards, you can hear Roger Waters say: “Congratulations. You have just discovered the secret message. Please send your answer to old pink, care of the funny farm.”
Although the moral panic started to subside by the end of the ’80s (less because of the scientific discrediting of subliminal messages and more because records and cassettes gave way to CDs), musicians continued to play around with backward masking throughout the ‘90s and early aughts.
Today, perhaps because most of us stream the music we listen to, hiding backwards messages in songs seems both quaint and pointless.
Yet while Satan abandoned his plans to corrupt America’s youth through rock and roll, a devil-may-care attitude towards science is keeping the belief in subliminal messages alive and well.
Devil Music: A History Of The Occult In Rock & Roll
Every year the IRD identifies about $1.2 Billion in fraud committed by NZ business people. Yes, every year. It discovers around $30 Million in welfare fraud (tiny by comparison).
Yet, as Dr Marriott discovered - welfare fraudsters are far more likely to be sent to prison than white collar criminals. Remember our [Ex] Prime Minister is a banker and our country has been heisted by corporate money interests and our welfare state is seriously in demise, thanks to the aforementioned!
Tax Fraud Vs Welfare Fraud
I’m on the board of the Bruce Jesson Foundation which supports investigative journalism and each year funds a lecture on some aspect of society.
This year’s lecture was by Dr Lisa Marriott from Victoria University Business School on her investigation into how and why white collar tax fraud is treated far more leniently than welfare fraud.
Yet , as Dr Marriott discovered - welfare fraudsters are far more likely to be sent to prison than white collar criminals. You can eatch her lecture below.
Why are those less advantaged in New Zealand society treated differently from those who are in relatively privileged positions?
Why are white-collar tax evaders treated differently to welfare fraudsters? In the Annual Jesson Lecture in Politics for 2016, Dr Lisa Marriott considers the circumstances where this occurs, aiming to highlight and challenge issues of equity, privilege, and the construction of crime and criminals in New Zealand.
Unschooling: Radical Education That Produces Free Human Beings Instead Of Slaves December 11 2016 | From: DaisyLuther
Let’s talk about the “education system,” that cornerstone of civilized societies everywhere.
We all know that the future lies in the hands of our children. That’s why parents want to do everything they can to give their kids a good start in life. We make careful choices about the food they eat, the friends they hang out with, and the education they receive.
Unfortunately, over the past decades, the education system in America has been churning out kids who are less interested in the world around them, more dependent on others for safety, and programmed to accept whatever information they’re provided without question.
Our education system is actually dumbing kids down instead of making them smarter. It’s killing natural curiosity, independent decision-making, and critical thinking. We all rant about Generation Snowflake, but these kids have grown up to be exactly what they’ve been taught to be.
At school, you learn important things like the following:
How to respond to bells
How to reign in your attention span into 50-minute increments
How to multitask and “learn” 6 different subjects at the same time, while mastering none of them
How to follow the instructions of authority figures without question
How to recite things off by memory
How to feel about politically correct topics
How to squelch your individuality
How to respond to questions to get the best grades
When the appropriate time is to visit the restroom, and how to ask permission to do so if the urge strikes at an inopportune time
How you must show up to serve your sentence on the required days, regardless of whether you feel like it or whether another opportunity has arisen
How to sleep and awaken at the times that are most convenient to your masters teachers, as opposed to the ones that work with your personal circadian rhythms
How you will completely fail at life if you don’t continue your “education” after high school
How to dive so deeply into debt that you must take any job you can get in order to pay off the student loans that were supposed to help you get a “good” job
Basically, you learn to become a better slave. You learn to spend all day doing things you might hate, might find boring, or might not understand.
But it isn’t Just School that is the Problem
The problem runs far deeper than just the classroom. It’s the system of learning itself. Even most homeschool curriculums focus on a broad range of subjects directed by the parent. While many parents do a fantastic job engaging their children in the lessons, there are children who just don’t respond to a format in which they must learn about 5 different subjects each day.
If you can awaken in a child the desire to know more... more about bugs and how they live... more about microclimates... more about geology... more about the past... then you can teach a child how to learn.
In my opinion, the utter failure of the education system is that they don’t create curious children. We moved quite a few times, and rarely did I see children challenged, piqued, and tempted with knowledge. Instead, I observed drudgery, boredom, and conveyor belt education.
If a child slips behind, they don’t stop the belt, take the kid off, and help them catch up. They say, “No child left behind” and they shove them along that belt, forcing them to try to learn the next installment of the lesson plan on top of the complete lack of foundational information that they didn’t understand in the first place.
A few years ago, I pulled my youngest child out of the public school system after a (cough) disagreement with the principal there. For a couple of years, we slogged away using a state-approved curriculum for homeschool.
Not only did it bore the daylights out of her, I found it pretty torturous too. The whole time we did the standard curriculum, I watched the curiosity that is the necessary spark to kindle the flame of learning, slowly die.
And that is the saddest death imaginable, because with it dies the future.
If you don’t love learning new things, if you aren’t curious about the how and the why and the when and the where, how will you ever jump into life with both feet, ready to explore new places, climb new mountains, and have new adventures?
Don’t get me wrong - you need to learn to read and to write and to do math - but you also need to embrace the very idea of learning something new and different, too.
So, we pulled out of all things school. I decided to trust my daughter. I will indulge her sharp wit, her natural curiosity, and her love for photography.
I want to undo the damage done by the school system, with their laborious texts, their Common Core, and their politically correct death-by-boredom.
If I don’t want her to grow up to be a slave to the state, I decided, it was time to stop raising her in the same way the other slaves are raised.
“This is also known as interest driven, child-led, natural, organic, eclectic, or self-directed learning. Lately, the term “unschooling” has come to be associated with the type of homeschooling that doesn’t use a fixed curriculum…
This is the way we learn before going to school and the way we learn when we leave school and enter the world of work…
Unschooling, for lack of a better term (until people start to accept living as part and parcel of learning), is the natural way to learn. However, this does not mean unschoolers do not take traditional classes or use curricular materials when the student, or parents and children together, decide that this is how they want to do it.
Learning to read or do quadratic equations are not “natural” processes, but unschoolers nonetheless learn them when it makes sense to them to do so, not because they have reached a certain age or are compelled to do so by arbitrary authority."
Can you really think of anything in the world that makes more sense than that?
Unschooling can be as simple as letting your child exhaustively indulge his or her curiosity about a subject by getting books about it, attending a class on it, and going on field trips that are related to it. Alternatively, it can become a family affair of travel, knowledge-seeking, and adventure.
This is how people used to learn - they were free to develop their interests, to pursue their passions, and to investigate, experiment, and think. Initially, education was a way for kids to have the world at their fingertips, especially if their parents were illiterate and not able to expose them to things beyond their own farm.
But then, it became an indoctrination system that separates children from their families, forces them to conform, and stamps out individual learning styles.
Let your Child Learn to be Free
When you no longer live by the school bell, the most beautiful thing can happen. You become free.
By learning when and what you want, you gain a true understanding of freedom, and who doesn’t want that for their children?
You can sleep when you’re sleepy.
You can find out more about the things that make you curious.\
You can focus on one thing at a time if that is how you learn best.
You can make art when you want to make art, not when you finally finish all of the boring stuff you’re forced to do.
You can eat when you’re hungry.
You can become the master of your own future.
You can take what makes you the happiest and completely immerse yourself in it.
You can travel when the spirit moves you, not when you get a scheduled break from school.
You can learn about real life, not just get dumped into it when you graduate.
You can start a business of your own.
You can take a class that fascinates you just for the joy of taking the class
You can take field trips to learn from experts and personal experiences.
Best of all, when you unschool, your child lives a kind of freedom that will set them on the course for an adulthood of freedom.
Is there any better gift than that? Is there any educational goal greater than teaching your child to be a free human being, unfettered by bells, whistles, and authority figures?
Common Core Possibly Coming To A School Near You
After reading this bill it seems that Americas Common core is spreading like wild fire across the world under different guises.
I read the bill and honestly alarm bells rang which makes the education reform a one size fits all, seems quite coincidental parata decides to resign after this bill has passed: New Zealand Education Legislation Bill
Soros destabilizes economies to add to his billions and he doesn’t care about how this affects the people who suffer. During the interview, he said, with regard to speculative market attacks:
“I don’t feel guilty. I’m engaged in an amoral activity which is not meant to have anything to do with guilt."
Soros’ complete lack of guilt about anything seems to be an ongoing theme in his life. One segment of the interview is of particular note – the part that talks about his formative years.
To understand the complexities of his personality, you have to go back to the very beginning, to Budapest, where George Soros was born 68 years ago to parents who were wealthy, well-educated, and Jewish.
When the Nazis occupied Budapest in 1944, George Soros’ father was a successful lawyer. He lived on an island in the Danube and liked to commute to work in a rowboat. But knowing there were problems ahead for the Jews, he decided to split his family up.
He bought them forged papers and he bribed a government official to take 14-year-old George Soros in and swear that he was his Christian godson. But survival carried a heavy price tag.
While hundreds of thousands of Hungarian Jews were being shipped off to the death camps, George Soros accompanied his phony godfather on his appointed rounds, confiscating property from the Jews.
(Vintage footage of Jews walking in line; man dragging little boy in line)
KROFT: (Voiceover) These are pictures from 1944 of what happened to George Soros’ friends and neighbors.
(Vintage footage of women and men with bags over their shoulders walking; crowd by a train)
KROFT: (Voiceover) You’re a Hungarian Jew…
Mr. SOROS: (Voiceover) Mm-hmm.
KROFT: (Voiceover) …who escaped the Holocaust…
(Vintage footage of women walking by train)
Mr. SOROS: (Voiceover) Mm-hmm.
(Vintage footage of people getting on train)
KROFT: (Voiceover) …by–by posing as a Christian.
Mr. SOROS: (Voiceover) Right.
(Vintage footage of women helping each other get on train; train door closing with people in boxcar)
KROFT: (Voiceover) And you watched lots of people get shipped off to the death camps.
Mr. SOROS:Right. I was 14 years old. And I would say that that’s when my character was made.
KROFT: In what way?
Mr. SOROS:That one should think ahead. One should understand and – and anticipate events and when – when one is threatened. It was a tremendous threat of evil. I mean, it was a – a very personal experience of evil.
KROFT: My understanding is that you went out with this protector of yours who swore that you were his adopted godson.
Mr. SOROS: Yes. Yes.
KROFT: Went out, in fact, and helped in the confiscation of property from the Jews.
Mr. SOROS: Yes. That’s right. Yes.
KROFT:I mean, that’s –that sounds like an experience that would send lots of people to the psychiatric couch for many, many years. W as it difficult?
Mr. SOROS:Not – not at all. Not at all. Maybe as a child you don’t – you don’t see the connection. But it was – it created no – no problem at all.
KROFT: No feeling of guilt?
KROFT:For example that, ‘I’m Jewish and here I am, watching these people go. I could just as easily be there. I should be there.’ None of that?
Mr. SOROS: Well, of course I c – I could be on the other side or I could be the one from whom the thing is being taken away. But there was no sense that I shouldn’t be there, because that was – well, actually, in a funny way, it’s just like in markets – that if I weren’t there – of course, I wasn’t doing it, but somebody else would – would – would be taking it away anyhow. And it was the – whether I was there or not, I was only a spectator, the property was being taken away. So the – I had no role in taking away that property. So I had no sense of guilt.
And now, George Soros lives in America, according to some reports, in Bedford Hills, a suburb of New York City.
He donated millions to help Hillary Clinton’s failed presidential bid, and he funds organizations that organize protests which often become violent.
We saw it in Ferguson and we’re seeing it right now in the anti-Trump protests going on across the US. Last week, I wrote:
Keep in mind that the organization Black Lives Matter was born through the Ferguson riots.
If the Modus Operandi in these protests looks familiar, that’s because MoveOn.org is organizing a lot of them, and MoveOn is funded by…you guessed it: George Soros. The organization was originally founded to combat the impeachment of Bill Clinton…are you seeing a link here? Another proud instigator is the Answer Coalition which also – are you sitting down? Has links to Soros…
This is the background of the billionaire philanthropist who is opposing the Trump presidency. He’s betting against America right now, hoping to cash in and make billions when our economy crashes due to the instability he is causing.
Without one drop of remorse. Because…
“I cannot and do not look at the social consequences of what I do.”
In a document which was released by DC leaks, George Soros' Open Society's Foundation stated: “Our inclination is to engage in activities and with actors that will understand and counter Russian influence and support to movements defending traditional values.”
Neuroscience Says Listening To This Song Reduces Anxiety By Up To 65 Percent + The Miracle Of 528 Hz Solfeggio And Fibonacci Numbers December 10 2016 | From: Inc / Various
Sure to both stir your soul and calm your nervous system.
Everyone knows they need to manage their stress. When things get difficult at work, school, or in your personal life, you can use as many tips, tricks, and techniques as you can get to calm your nerves.
So here's a science-backed one: make a playlist of the 10 songs found to be the most relaxing on earth.
Sound therapies have long been popular as a way of relaxing and restoring one's health. For centuries, indigenous cultures have used music to enhance well-being and improve health conditions.
Now, neuroscientists out of the UK have specified which tunes give you the most bang for your musical buck.
The study was conducted on participants who attempted to solve difficult puzzles as quickly as possible while connected to sensors. The puzzles induced a certain level of stress, and participants listened to different songs while researchers measured brain activity as well as physiological states that included heart rate, blood pressure, and rate of breathing.
According to Dr. David Lewis-Hodgson of Mindlab International, which conducted the research, the top song produced a greater state of relaxation than any other music tested to date.
In fact, listening to that one song - "Weightless" - resulted in a striking 65 percent reduction in participants' overall anxiety, and a 35 percent reduction in their usual physiological resting rates.
That is remarkable.
Equally remarkable is the fact the song was actually constructed to do so. The group that created "Weightless", Marconi Union, did so in collaboration with sound therapists. Its carefully arranged harmonies, rhythms, and bass lines help slow a listener's heart rate, reduce blood pressure and lower levels of the stress hormone cortisol.
When it comes to lowering anxiety, the stakes couldn't be higher. Stress either exacerbates or increases the risk of health issues like heart disease, obesity, depression, gastrointestinal problems, asthma, and more.
More troubling still, a recent paper out of Harvard and Stanford found health issues from job stress alone cause more deaths than diabetes, Alzheimer's, or influenza.
In this age of constant bombardment, the science is clear: if you want your mind and body to last, you've got to prioritize giving them a rest. Music is an easy way to take some of the pressure off of all the pings, dings, apps, tags, texts, emails, appointments, meetings, and deadlines that can easily spike your stress level and leave you feeling drained and anxious.
Of the top track, Dr. David Lewis-Hodgson said, "'Weightless' was so effective, many women became drowsy and I would advise against driving while listening to the song because it could be dangerous."
So don't drive while listening to these, but do take advantage of them:
The Orwellian War On Skepticism: Battling “Fake News” & Institutional Investors Now Dominate Media Company Ownership December 9 2016 | From: GlobalResearch / Scoop
Under the cover of battling “fake news,” the mainstream U.S. news media and officialdom are taking aim at journalistic skepticism when it is directed at the pronouncements of the U.S. government and its allies.
One might have hoped that the alarm about “fake news” would remind major U.S. news outlets, such as The Washington Post and The New York Times, about the value of journalistic skepticism. However, instead, it seems to have done the opposite.
The idea of questioning the claims by the West’s officialdom now brings calumny down upon the heads of those who dare do it. “Truth” is being redefined as whatever the U.S. government, NATO and other Western interests say is true.
Disagreement with the West’s “group thinks,” no matter how fact-based the dissent is, becomes “fake news.”
So, we have the case of Washington Post columnist David Ignatius having a starry-eyed interview with Richard Stengel, the State Department’s Undersecretary for Public Diplomacy, the principal arm of U.S. government propaganda.
Entitled “The truth is losing,” the column laments that the official narratives as deigned by the State Department and The Washington Post are losing traction with Americans and the world’s public.
Stengel, a former managing editor at Time magazine, seems to take aim at Russia’s RT network’s slogan, “question more,” as some sinister message seeking to inject cynicism toward the West’s official narratives.
“They’re not trying to say that their version of events is the true one. They’re saying: ‘Everybody’s lying! Nobody’s telling you the truth!’,” Stengel said.
“They don’t have a candidate, per se. But they want to undermine faith in democracy, faith in the West.”
Typical of these recent mainstream tirades about this vague Russian menace, Ignatius’s column doesn’t provide any specifics regarding how RT and other Russian media outlets are carrying out this assault on the purity of Western information.
It’s enough to just toss around pejorative phrases supporting an Orwellian solution, which is to stamp out or marginalize alternative and independent journalism, not just Russian.
The Washington Post building in downtown Washington, D.C.
“Stengel poses an urgent question for journalists, technologists and, more broadly, everyone living in free societies or aspiring to do so. How do we protect the essential resource of democracy - the truth - from the toxin of lies that surrounds it? It’s like a virus or food poisoning. It needs to be controlled. But how?
“Stengel argues that the U.S. government should sometimes protect citizens by exposing ‘weaponized information, false information’ that is polluting the ecosystem.
But ultimately, the defense of truth must be independent of a government that many people mistrust. ‘There are inherent dangers in having the government be the verifier of last resort,’ he argues.”
By the way, Stengel is not the fount of truth-telling, as he and Ignatius like to pretend.
Early in the Ukraine crisis, Stengel delivered a rant against RT that was full of inaccuracies or what you might call “fake news.”
Yet, what Stengel and various mainstream media outlets appear to be arguing for is the creation of a “Ministry of Truth” managed by mainstream U.S. media outlets and enforced by Google, Facebook and other technology platforms.
In other words, once these supposedly responsible outlets decide what the “truth” is, then questioning that narrative will earn you “virtual” expulsion from the marketplace of ideas, possibly eliminated via algorithms of major search engines or marked with a special app to warn readers not to believe what you say, a sort of yellow Star of David for the Internet age.
And then there’s the possibility of more direct (and old-fashioned) government enforcement by launching FBI investigations into media outlets that won’t toe the official line. (All of these “solutions” have been advocated in recent weeks.)
On the other hand, if you do toe the official line that comes from Stengel’s public diplomacy shop, you stand to get rewarded with government financial support. Stengel disclosed in his interview with Ignatius that his office funds “investigative” journalism projects.
“How should citizens who want a fact-based world combat this assault on truth?” Ignatius asks, adding:
“Stengel has approved State Department programs that teach investigative reporting and empower truth-tellers.”
After reading Ignatius’s column on Wednesday, I submitted a question to the State Department asking for details on this “journalism” and “truth-telling” funding that is coming from the U.S. government’s top propaganda shop, but I have not received an answer.
But we do know that the U.S. government has been investing tens of millions of dollars in various media programs to undergird Washington’s desired narratives.
For instance, in May 2015, the U.S. Agency for International Development (USAID) issued a fact sheet summarizing its work financing friendly journalists around the world, including:
“Journalism education, media business development, capacity building for supportive institutions, and strengthening legal-regulatory environments for free media.”
USAID estimated its budget for “media strengthening programs in over 30 countries” at $40 million annually, including aiding “independent media organizations and bloggers in over a dozen countries.”
In Ukraine before the 2014 coup ousting elected President Viktor Yanukovych and installing a fiercely anti-Russian and U.S.-backed regime, USAID offered training in “mobile phone and website security,” skills that would have been quite helpful to the coup plotters.
USAID, working with currency speculator George Soros’s Open Society, also has funded the Organized Crime and Corruption Reporting Project, which engages in “investigative journalism” that usually goes after governments that have fallen into disfavor with the United States and then are singled out for accusations of corruption.
The USAID-funded OCCRP collaborates with Bellingcat, an online investigative website founded by blogger Eliot Higgins.
Despite his dubious record of accuracy, Higgins has gained mainstream acclaim, in part, because his “findings” always match up with the propaganda theme that the U.S. government and its Western allies are peddling. Higgins is now associated with the Atlantic Council, a pro-NATO think tank which is partially funded by the U.S. State Department.
Beyond funding from the State Department and USAID, tens of millions of dollars more are flowing through the U.S.-government-funded National Endowment for Democracy, which was started in 1983 under the guiding hand of CIA Director William Casey.
NED became a slush fund to help finance what became known, inside the Reagan administration, as “perception management,” the art of controlling the perceptions of domestic and foreign populations.
The Emergence of StratCom
Last year, as the New Cold War heated up, NATO created the Strategic Communications Command in Latvia to further wage information warfare against Russia and individuals who were contesting the West’s narratives.
NATO headquarters in Brussels, Belgium
As veteran war correspondent Don North reported in 2015 regarding this new StratCom, “the U.S. government has come to view the control and manipulation of information as a ‘soft power’ weapon, merging psychological operations, propaganda and public affairs under the catch phrase ‘strategic communications.’
“This attitude has led to treating psy-ops - manipulative techniques for influencing a target population’s state of mind and surreptitiously shaping people’s perceptions - as just a normal part of U.S. and NATO’s information policy.”
Now, the European Parliament and the U.S. Congress are moving to up the ante, passing new legislation to escalate “information warfare.”
On Wednesday, U.S. congressional negotiators approved $160 million to combat what they deem foreign propaganda and the alleged Russian campaign to spread “fake news.” The measure is part of the National Defense Authorization Act and gives the State Department the power to identify “propaganda” and counter it.
This bipartisan stampede into an Orwellian future for the American people and the world’s population follows a shoddily sourced Washington Post article that relied on a new anonymous group that identified some 200 Internet sites, including some of the most prominent American independent sources of news, as part of a Russian propaganda network.
Typical of this new McCarthyism, the report lacked evidence that any such network actually exists but instead targeted cases where American journalists expressed skepticism about claims from Western officialdom.
McCarthyism is the practice of making accusations of subversion or treason without proper regard for evidence. It also means "the practice of making unfair allegations or using unfair investigative techniques, especially in order to restrict dissent or political criticism."
The term has its origins in the period in the United States known as the Second Red Scare, lasting roughly from 1950 to 1956 and characterized by heightened political repression against supposed communists, as well as a campaign spreading fear of their influence on American institutions and of espionage by Soviet agents.
Originally coined to criticize the anti-communist pursuits of Republican U.S. Senator Joseph McCarthy of Wisconsin, "McCarthyism" soon took on a broader meaning, describing the excesses of similar efforts.
The term is also now used more generally to describe reckless, unsubstantiated accusations, as well as demagogic attacks on the character or patriotism of political adversaries.
Consortiumnews.com was included on the list apparently because we have critically analyzed some of the claims and allegations regarding the crises in Syria and Ukraine, rather than simply accept the dominant Western “group thinks.”
Also on the “black list” were such quality journalism sites as Counterpunch, Truth-out, Truthdig, Naked Capitalism and ZeroHedge along with many political sites ranging across the ideological spectrum.
The Fake-News Express
Normally such an unfounded conspiracy theory would be ignored, but – because The Washington Post treated the incredible allegations as credible – the smear has taken on a life of its own, reprised by cable networks and republished by major newspapers.
But the unpleasant truth is that the mainstream U.S. news media is now engaged in its own fake-news campaign about “fake news.” It’s publishing bogus claims invented by a disreputable and secretive outfit that just recently popped up on the Internet. If that isn’t “fake news,” I don’t know what is.
Yet, despite the Post’s clear violations of normal journalistic practices, surely, no one there will pay a price, anymore than there was accountability for the Post reporting as flat fact that Iraq was hiding WMD in 2002-2003.
Fred Hiatt, the editorial-page editor most responsible for that catastrophic “group think,” is still in the same job today.
Two nights ago, MSNBC’s Chris Matthews featured the spurious Washington Post article in a segment that - like similar rehashes - didn’t bother to get responses from the journalists being slandered.
I found that ironic since Matthews repeatedly scolds journalists for their failure to look skeptically at U.S. government claims about Iraq possessing WMD as justification for the disastrous Iraq War.
However, now Matthews joins in smearing journalists who have applied skepticism to U.S. and Western propaganda claims about Syria and/or Ukraine.
MSNBC’s “Hardball” host Chris Matthews
While the U.S. Congress and the European Parliament begin to take action to shut down or isolate dissident sources of information – all in the name of “democracy” - a potentially greater danger is that mainstream U.S. news outlets are already teaming up with technology companies, such as Google and Facebook, to impose their own determinations about “truth” on the Internet.
Or, as Ignatius puts it in his column reflecting Undersecretary for Public Diplomacy Stengel’s thinking;
“The best hope may be the global companies that have created the social-media platforms.‘They see this information war as an existential threat,’ says Stengel.
The real challenge for global tech giants is to restore the currency of truth. Perhaps “machine learning” [presumably a reference to algorithms] can identify falsehoods and expose every argument that uses them.
Perhaps someday, a human-machine process will create what Stengel describes as a ‘global ombudsman for information.’”
Ministry of Truth
An organization of some 30 mainstream media companies already exists, including not only The Washington Post and The New York Times but also the Atlantic Council-connected Bellingcat, as the emerging arbiters – or ombudsmen – for truth, something Orwell described less flatteringly as a “Ministry of Truth.”
Big Brother poster illustrating George Orwell’s novel about modern propaganda, 1984
It now appears that this 1984-ish “MiniTrue” will especially target journalistic skepticism when applied to U.S. government and mainstream media “group thinks.”
Yet, in my four decades-plus in professional journalism, I always understood that skepticism was a universal journalistic principle, one that should be applied in all cases, whether a Republican or a Democrat is in the White House or whether some foreign leader is popular or demonized.
As we have seen in recent years, failure to ask tough questions and to challenge dubious claims from government officials and mainstream media outlets can get lots of people killed, both U.S. soldiers and citizens of countries invaded or destabilized by outsiders.
To show skepticism is not the threat to democracy that Undersecretary Stengel and columnist Ignatius appear to think it is.
Whether you like or dislike RT’s broadcasts - or more likely have never seen one - a journalist really can’t question its slogan: “question more.” Questioning is the essence of journalism and, for that matter, democracy.
[In protest of the Post’s smearing of independent journalists, RootsAction has undertaken a petition drive, which can be found here.]
PETITION: Defend Independent Media From ‘Fake News’ Attacks
Ask President-elect Donald Trump to take a stand against the establishment's desperate move to label independent media as ‘fake news’.
This is a red level emergency.
Infowars, Breitbart, the Drudge Report and other independent sources are destroying the mainstream media narrative like never before, and the establishment is getting desperate.
In an effort to try and censor the liberty movement and free speech, the mainstream media is now attempting to label legitimate news sources like Infowars as "fake news" to push towards a government-led shut down of Infowars.com.
The Washington Post has even gone as far as to label sites like Infowars as "Russian propaganda fake news" web sites, exemplifying the last attempt of a dying media conglomerate to force out any and all dissenting voices.
Even more concerning, the United States House of Representatives quietly passed legislation targeting 'Russian propaganda' websites.
But the calls for censorship do not end with the United States.
The European Union is demanding that Twitter, YouTube and Facebook censor “illegal hate speech” within 24 hours and content that includes so-called “fake news,” a term so broad that it includes perfectly legitimate news content.
Microsoft, Facebook, YouTube and Twitter have also announced that they will be ramping up efforts to remove "extremist" content from their websites by using a shared database of offenders.
And perhaps most importantly, Twitter has recently gone on record stating the company will ban President-Elect Donald J. Trump's Twitter account if he were to violate the company's "hate speech" rules.
We are calling on and asking President-Elect Donald J. Trump to take a stand against the establishment media's "fake news" attacks and to stop the impending censorship of independent media platforms like Infowars.com and others.
Institutional Investors Now Dominate Media Company Ownership
Institutional investors now dominate the ownership and governance of New Zealand media companies, according to the sixth annual update on local media ownership from the Auckland University of Technology's Journalism, Media and Democracy Research Centre.
"For the first time in six years, our media companies are exclusively owned by financial institutions and it is in their interest to push structural changes through," the report's author, Merja Myllylahti, says in a review of a sector in which two major mergers are proposed: between news publishers NZME and the New Zealand assets of Australian media firm Fairfax Media; and between Vodafone New Zealand and Sky Network Television.
Media owners have largely pulled out of the sector, she notes.
"Many of the directors have no declared media interests, but have directorships in financial firms and corporate advisory businesses.The board structures of media corporates support further consolidation."
The report lists the most significant events in New Zealand media ownership this year as:
NZME separating from its Australian parent APN News & media, to become a standalone NZX-listed company; Rupert Murdoch's News Corp selling all its NZME shares, inherited as a result of the APN split; the proposed merger between NZME and Fairfax's New Zealand assets; Vodafone proposing a merger with Sky Network Television; and TV3 owner MediaWorks getting a new board and senior management.
NZME, publisher of the New Zealand Herald newspaper and website and the Newstalk ZB radio network among other assets, is 85.6 percent-owned by financial institutions, she said.
Myllylahti painted a grim outlook for traditional news publishers, saying merging was;
“Not a solution for NZME’s and Fairfax’s troubled business models".
"The market challenges remain the same."
She noted a report by David Kaynes, an Australian-based analyst for multinational investment bankers Citi, reported in Australian media yesterday, suggesting Fairfax's flagship titles in Australia have “no future if digital revenue continues to decline”.
“The only way for the merged company to stabilise its revenue in the short-term is to implement cost savings and cut hundreds of jobs, and it is their intention to do so," said Myllylahti.
The report notes that media and telecommunications consolidation is accelerating in many countries.
“The relations and dependencies between news media corporations, social media companies, search engines, chat providers, and news app companies became increasingly intertwined and complex" in 2016.
NZME and Fairfax are arguing they must merge to have a chance of competing with global platforms like Facebook and Google, which are becoming go-to venues for news while hoovering up digital advertising revenues, which are a far smaller than the total pool of advertising spend once available to newspaper publishers.
That's in spite of new evidence that the total proportion of all ad spending committed to digital channels is growing fast.
The Standard Media Index, a measure of New Zealand advertising spend, shows some 31.6 percent of total ad spending was on digital from January to September this year was 31.6 percent, compared with 26.2 percent in the same period last year and 11.6 percent for the same period five years ago.
One of the stumbling blocks has been the fact you cannot transfer money same day for banks like to play with your money and holding it for a few days. If the payment comes from overseas, the bank will not “clear” the funds usually for six weeks.
Unless money can become instant, it is really impossible to eliminate cash. The SEPA Credit Transfer Scheme will move to allow instant transfers.
The goal is to eliminate ATM machines and force people to pay using their mobile phone beginning in November 2017.
Of course, there is nobody thinking about tourism. How will an American pay for something on a vacation in Europe?
One suggestion behind the curtain I was recently briefed on was they could pay in advance and have an app that then pays for things in Europe.
The hunt for taxes is getting pretty bad. The entire reason for the introduction of passports was by the Roman Emperor Diocletian following the collapse during the 3rd Century.
Diocletian introduced wage and price controls, and doubled the number of bureaucrats at the government’s command; Lactantius was to claim that there were now more men using tax money than there were paying it.
A form of introducing a passport not to travel to foreign lands since civilization was the Roman Empire, but to be able to travel within the Empire because you could not leave your home town until you paid your taxes.
King Henry V of England (1387–1422) is credited with having invented what considered the first true international passport. The king saw this as helping his subjects prove who they were in foreign lands and not the subject of the king where they traveled. The reason for this 1414 Act of Parliament was legal.
You were the property of your King. If you committed a crime in France, the French king could not punish you.
He had to send you back to your king in chains noting the crime you committed and asked that you be punished by your king. This legal foundation of “jurisdiction” was not overthrown until the American Revolution, which gave birth to territorial jurisdiction.
Since it was a revolt against monarchy, it was seen as implausible that if an Englishman committed a crime in America, that they would still recognize the authority of the king and send him in chains to Britain to be punished. This new idea of territorial jurisdiction is directly outlined in the 6th Amendment:
“In all criminal prosecutions, the accused shall enjoy the right to a speedy and public trial, by an impartial jury of the State and district wherein the crime shall have been committed, which district shall have been previously ascertained by law, and to be informed of the nature and cause of the accusation; to be confronted with the witnesses against him; to have compulsory process for obtaining witnesses in his favor, and to have the Assistance of Counsel for his defence."
“Think about this for a second. All those emails you’ve written and received with discussions about politics and people that were assumed to be private and meant as inside jokes for you and your friends were being filtered through CIA headquarters. Kind of makes you wonder what you’ve written in the past few years, doesn’t it?”
The services be it free email or free instant messaging have been designed and developed in such a way that the companies that own them end up with a humongous amount of information about its users.
This data is sugarcoated and called as Big Data. It is then sold to advertisers and marketers who in the garb of providing immersive and customized user experience follow every click of yours online. This is akin to rearing animals for slaughtering them later.
The data is not just for sale to the corporates; law enforcement agencies can snoop on you without any warrants. As pointed out in the article:
“While hypocritical in many ways, these tech giants are smart enough to know who butters their bread and that the perception of trust outweighs the reality of it.
But isn’t it the government who ultimately ends up with the data if a company is intentionally spying on us and building a huge record about each of us?”
None of the tech giants accept this fact, but most are selling your data to the government, including companies like Samsung that are into the hardware business.
Is there are a way that can help you evade this online snooping? Probably no if you consider mainstream services and social media platforms. Till then, if you want to stay below the radar, delete your accounts and data on all mainstream email service providers, instant messaging apps, service providing websites and social media platform.
Facebook Employees Are Quitting Because Of Users Being Censored
The war on “fake news” embarked upon by Facebook, Google, and Twitter may be earning the media goliaths brownie points with establishment politicos, but users - and even employees - aren’t feeling as enthusiastic.
In the midst of backlash over the stunning victory of President-elect Donald Trump, which some people attribute to the preponderance of apocryphal headlines disseminated by Internet search engines and social media platforms, the companies are tweaking their algorithms in order to target specifically blacklisted sites, many of which happen to be alternative media sites that question the political and media establishment.
Many of the sites are also financially dependent on ad revenue earned by organic and referral traffic directed by Google, Facebook, and Twitter.
Now, it appears Facebook’s new algorithmic censorship practices are causing some of its employees to quit. According to the New York Times, three current and former anonymous employees claim the company has had a new tool developed specifically to restrict certain kinds of posts from appearing in users’ news feeds in certain geographic areas.
This form of censorship has been deployed under the auspices of facilitating Facebook’s entry into the Chinese market. Previously, the company did this in Pakistan, Russia, and Turkey, where the respective governments requested the ability for third parties to review and block posted content. Facebook granted the requests and removed approximately 55,000 total pieces of content.
Now Facebook wants access to 1.4 billion people in the world’s second-largest economy, China, and they are willing to adhere to draconian censorship practices in order to do so. It could be a complete coincidence that this new push happens to coincide with Facebook’s crackdown on alternative media, which has caused several employees to tender their resignations.
A Facebook spokeswoman responded to the report in a statement:
“We have long said that we are interested in China, and are spending time understanding and learning more about the country. However, we have not made any decision on our approach to China.
Our focus right now is on helping Chinese businesses and developers expand to new markets outside China by using our ad platform.”
The question now is whether there is a connection between two different but simultaneous pushes for censorship by the largest social media platform in the world.
CIA MKULTRA: Drugs To Take Down The Nation December 8 2016 | From: JonRappoport / Various
Drugs to transform individuals…and even, by implication, society. Drug research going far beyond the usual brief descriptions of MKULTRA.
The intention is there, in the record: A CIA document was included in the transcript of the 1977 US Senate Hearings on MKULTRA, the CIA’s mind-control program.
Marks told me a CIA representative informed him that the continuation of MKULTRA, after 1962, was carried out with a greater degree of secrecy, and he, Marks, would never see a scrap of paper about it.
I’m printing below, the list of the 1955 intentions of the CIA regarding their own drug research. The range of those intentions is stunning.
Some of my comments gleaned from studying the list: The CIA wanted to find substances which would “promote illogical thinking and impulsiveness.” Serious consideration should be given to the idea that psychiatric medications, food additives, herbicides, and industrial chemicals (like fluorides) would eventually satisfy that requirement.
The CIA wanted to find chemicals that “would produce the signs and symptoms of recognized diseases in a reversible way.” This suggests many possibilities - among them the use of drugs to fabricate diseases and thereby give the false impression of germ-caused epidemics.
The CIA wanted to find drugs that would “produce amnesia.” Ideal for discrediting whistleblowers, dissidents, certain political candidates, and other investigators. (Scopolamine, for example.)
The CIA wanted to discover drugs which would produce “paralysis of the legs, acute anemia, etc.” A way to make people decline in health as if from diseases.
The CIA wanted to develop drugs that would “alter personality structure” and thus induce a person’s dependence on another person. How about dependence in general? For instance, dependence on institutions, governments?
The CIA wanted to discover chemicals that would “lower the ambition and general working efficiency of men.” Sounds like a general description of the devolution of society.
As you read the list yourself, you’ll see more implications/possibilities.
Here, from 1955, are the types of drugs the MKULTRA men at the CIA were looking for. The following statements are direct CIA quotes:
A portion of the Research and Development Program of TSS/Chemical Division is devoted to the discovery of the following materials and methods:
1. Substances which will promote illogical thinking and impulsiveness to the point where the recipient would be discredited in public.
2. Substances which increase the efficiency of mentation and perception.
3. Materials which will prevent or counteract the intoxicating effect of alcohol.
4. Materials which will promote the intoxicating effect of alcohol.
5. Materials which will produce the signs and symptoms of recognized diseases in a reversible way so that they may be used for malingering, etc.
6. Materials which will render the induction of hypnosis easier or otherwise enhance its usefulness.
7. Substances which will enhance the ability of individuals to withstand privation, torture and coercion during interrogation and so-called “brain-washing”.
8. Materials and physical methods which will produce amnesia for events preceding and during their use.
9. Physical methods of producing shock and confusion over extended periods of time and capable of surreptitious use.
10. Substances which produce physical disablement such as paralysis of the legs, acute anemia, etc.
11. Substances which will produce “pure” euphoria with no subsequent let-down.
12. Substances which alter personality structure in such a way that the tendency of the recipient to become dependent upon another person is enhanced.
13. A material which will cause mental confusion of such a type that the individual under its influence will find it difficult to maintain a fabrication under questioning.
14. Substances which will lower the ambition and general working efficiency of men when administered in undetectable amounts.
15. Substances which promote weakness or distortion of the eyesight or hearing faculties, preferably without permanent effects.
16. A knockout pill which can surreptitiously be administered in drinks, food, cigarettes, as an aerosol, etc., which will be safe to use, provide a maximum of amnesia, and be suitable for use by agent types on an ad hoc basis.
17. A material which can be surreptitiously administered by the above routes and which in very small amounts will make it impossible for a man to perform any physical activity whatsoever.
At the end of this 1955 CIA document, the author [unnamed] makes these remarks:
“In practice, it has been possible to use outside cleared contractors for the preliminary phases of this [research] work. However, that part which involves human testing at effective dose levels presents security problems which cannot be handled by the ordinary contactors.
The proposed [human testing] facility [deletion] offers a unique opportunity for the secure handling of such clinical testing in addition to the many advantages outlined in the project proposal.
The security problems mentioned above are eliminated by the fact that the responsibility for the testing will rest completely upon the physician and the hospital. [one line deleted] will allow [CIA] TSS/CD personnel to supervise the work very closely to make sure that all tests are conducted according to the recognized practices and embody adequate safeguards.”
In other words, this was to be ultra-secret. No outside contractors at universities for the core of the experiments, which by the way could be carried forward for decades.A secret in-house facility. Over the years, more facilities could be created.
If you examine the full range of psychiatric drugs developed since 1955, you’ll see that a number of them fit the CIA’s agenda. Speed-type chemicals to addle the brain over the long term, to treat so-called ADHD.
Anti-psychotic drugs, AKA “major tranquilizers,” to render patients more and more dependent on others (and government) as they sink into profound disability and incur motor brain damage.
New Zealand’s ‘Elite’ Child Abuse Rings Exposed December 7 2016 | From: MediaWhores / Various
Minister of State Organised Child Abuse - Anne Tolley - has announced there will be no investigation into mass child abuse by the Crown. The Crown presumably has the God given right to abuse as many Kiwi children as it likes – and its none of tax payers business.
Fearless blog Lauda Finem that specialises in exposing NZ’s pedophile corporate elite and the justice system that appears to systematically protect them has recently posted allegations that the NZ judiciary have also been caught red handed covering up pedophilia in NZ.
The Justin Davis Files floating around the web seems to suggest that the NZ judiciary is actively involved in the covering up and protection of powerful pedophiles and pedophile rings in New Zealand – including some MP’s, and many top businessmen, doctors and dentists in NZ.
Whistle Blower Justin Davis gives us a first hand look into the world of these pedophiles who use sophisticated date rape drugs to drug and abuse children in their doctors rooms, dentistry clinics, churches and even MP offices.
The drugs they use mean the victims usually do not even know they have been abused, and just wake up in a haze feeling drowsy with no memory of the abuse – but they will never be the same – traumatised in the subconscious for life.
Every so often we see such cases float to the surface, but they are usually covered up and suppressed as quickly as possible – the fact is they are only the tip of the iceberg…..they are likely all connected, and probably using the same drugs and drug networks exposed by Justin Davis- drugs being distributed by top doctors and dentists around NZ.
We have also recently seen the astounding situation of NZ Judge Lowell Goddard seeming to fudge the ‘investigation’ into the Westminister Scandal in the UK – where over 100,000 children are alleged to have been abused by ‘British’ MP’s, Lords, Judges and high profile entertainers. The NZ judiciary right in the thick of it. They are very much an International operation – that much is clear.
Ironically – it was the blogger Cameron Slater who exposed in 2014 that at least 5 sitting MP’s have name suppression for child abuse crimes.
Slater is obviously part of same establishment with his blanket protection of John Key and his gang, but was being put under pressure during the Dirty Politics scandal and published it on his blog one day, presumably as a threat to those who he works with and for.
We know quite a few MP’s have had to stand down in recent years – Mike Sabin was one of them – but the public are not even allowed to discuss that case on the orders of the NZ judiciary.
And then there was ‘Prime’ Minister John Key’s ‘joke’ about the escaped pedophile killer Phillip Smith (there goes that name again) on the world stage / G20 summit. John Key obviously thinks pedophilia is quite humorous.
The very fact they call these people “Ministers” is highly suspect – it stinks of religious overtones – and we all know too well about the reputation of Church ministers. It is all the same “church” in our view.
John Key and his love for little girls ponytails – and his highly sexualised children. Something is clearly not quite right with the PM.
To their credit it was Radio NZ who reported on the “1000 children” who have gone “missing’ from Child Youth and Family over the years – the Government and Anne Tolley raced to counter the fall out by relabeling the Crown’s apparent child trafficking operation with a new name.
Radio NZ appear to spend most of their time covering this stuff up, but this article was good work on their part.
Facebook is awash with stories of Child Youth and Family now kidnapping children as young as 4 weeks old from their breastfeeding mothers – they do this using their “laws” and mandatory (and unverifiable) drug tests which they enforce on poor parents who are reliant on their communist welfare / warfare system.
So they take a breast feeding child off its mother at 4 weeks and place it in the hands of strangers where the statistics say they are at least 10 times more likely to be abused.
How can the public be assured these kids are not being kidnapped to order by pedophiles who are connected to these people who pose as Government and “Justice”? Perhaps these freaks feed off children – in fact some argue this is often the case.
There are numerous petitions online from families who have had their children ‘kidnapped’ by the State under dubious circumstances. Can you imagine knowing your kids have been taken by people with numerous documented ties to pedophile rings and child abuse? Horrific.
Its was exiled NZ author Greg Hallett who first claimed (quote) ” The judiciary shows itself to be a paedophile and crime creation movement whose primary goal is fatherless families.” in his book available on Amazon – “New Zealand a Blackmailer’s Guide”.
Greg was denied a fair hearing by the same judiciary in NZ and then had a number of murder attempts on his life before fleeing the Country back in 2007.
Further below we post some links to recent name suppression cases in which the NZ judiciary protect child sex offenders, many of them caught red handed, some even with child murder videos but still escaped conviction. A reasonable person would have to at least suspect that this is in fact a major goal of the judiciary in NZ- to protect child sex offenders.
“You will know them by their deeds”. Very wise words. Not by the fancy titles and ‘honors’ they give themselves.
You can watch Greg Hallett’s interview with US researcher Jim Fetzer below - Greg maintains his sense of humor even as the mafia chase him around trying to murder him- a true National / Kiwi hero, exposing the child abusers of NZ and their global network and risking his own life to do so...
Recent name Suppression and related cases in NZ- the Nation is literally crawling with pedophiles and the judiciary seem to go out of their way to protect them… the list includes MP’s, top businessmen and many more high profile New Zealanders. Quite a club they are running.
Some argue its the same agenda as Political Marxism and it springs from these people’s ancient religious beliefs – a scientific and/or spiritual method of destroying communities for power and control - and New Zealand is suffering under it at extreme levels under the John Key foreign banker regime, at least as much as it did under the Marxist Clark regime.
With the election of Donald Trump, climate change and global warming have come back into the spotlight. In a different way.
“The science is settled” isn’t good enough now.
Neither is the Globalist plan to cut energy production in every country in the world, in order to “rescue us from frying.”
“Donald Trump will be about the only head of state who does not believe in climate science or the responsibility of his government to act,” said Michael Brune, executive director of the Sierra Club…”
But all along, there have been dissenters from the manmade warming mantra; they just haven’t been allowed inside government portals.
Freeman Dyson, physicist and mathematician, professor emeritus at Princeton’s Institute for Advanced Study, Fellow of the Royal Society, winner of the Lorentz Medal, the Max Planck Medal, the Fermi Award:
“What has happened in the past 10 years is that the discrepancies [in climate change models] between what’s observed and what’s predicted have become much stronger.
It’s clear now the models are wrong, but it wasn’t so clear 10 years ago… I’m 100 per cent Democrat myself, and I like Obama. But he took the wrong side on this [climate change] issue, and the Republicans took the right side…”
The Register, October 11, 2015
Dr. Ivar Giaever, Nobel-prize winner in Physics (1973), reported by Climate Depot, July 8, 2015:
“Global warming is a non-problem…I say this to Obama: Excuse me, Mr. President, but you’re wrong. Dead wrong.”
Green Guru James Lovelock, who once predicted imminent destruction of the planet via global warming:
“The computer models just weren’t reliable. In fact, I’m not sure the whole thing isn’t crazy, this climate change.”
- The Guardian, September 30, 2016
And these are but a tiny fraction of the statements made by dissident scientists who reject manmade global warming.
The science is only settled in government circles where leaders have climbed on board the Globalist plan to undermine economies all over the world by grossly lowering energy production, as a way to “reduce warming.”
One of the major warming hustlers is, of course, Al Gore.
Consider facts laid out in an uncritical Washington Post story (October 10, 2012, “Al Gore has thrived as a green-tech investor”):
In 2001, Al was worth less than $2 million. By 2012, it was estimated he’d locked up a nice neat $100 million.
How did he do it? Well, he invested in 14 green companies, who inhaled - via loans, grants and tax relief - somewhere in the neighborhood of $2.5 billion from the Federal government to go greener.
Therefore, Gore’s investments paid off, because the Federal government was providing massive cash backup to those companies. It’s nice to have Federal friends in high places.
For example, Gore’s investment firm at one point held 4.2 million shares of an outfit called Iberdrola Renovables, which was building 20 wind farms across the United States.
Iberdrola was blessed with $1.5 billion from the Federal government for the work which, by its own admission, saved its corporate financial bacon. Every little bit helps.
Then there was a company called Johnson Controls. It made batteries, including those for electric cars. Gore’s investment company, Generation Investment Management (GIM), doubled its holdings in Johnson Controls in 2008, when shares cost as little $9 a share. GIM sold when shares cost $21 to $26 - before the market for electric-car batteries fell on its head.
For a while, the going was good. To make it go good, Johnson Controls had been bolstered by $299 million dropped at its doorstep by the administration of President Barack Obama.
On the side, Gore had been giving speeches on the end of life as we know it on planet Earth, for as much as $175,000 a pop. (It isn’t really on the side. Gore was constantly on the move from conference to conference, spewing jet fumes in his wake.) Those lecture fees can add up.
So Gore, as of 2012, had $100 million.
The man has worked every angle to parlay fear of global-warming catastrophes into a humdinger of a personal fortune. And he didn’t achieve his new status in the free market. The Federal government has been helping out with major, major bucks.
This wasn’t an entrepreneur relying exclusively on his own smarts and hard work. Far from it.
- How many scientists and other PhDs have been just saying no to the theory of manmade global warming?
A letter to The Wall Street Journal signed by 16 scientists just said no. Among the luminaries: William Happer, professor of physics at Princeton University; Richard Lindzen, professor of atmospheric sciences at Massachusetts Institute of Technology; William Kininmonth, former head of climate research at the Australian Bureau of Meteorology.
And then there was the Global Warming Petition Project, or the Oregon Petition, that just said no. According to Petitionproject.org, the petition has the signatures of “31,487 American scientists,” of which 9,029 stated they had Ph.D.s.
Global warming is one of the Rockefeller Globalists’ chief issues.
Manipulating it entails convincing populations that a massive intervention is necessary to stave off the imminent collapse of all life on Earth. Therefore, sovereign nations must be eradicated. Political power and decision-making must flow from above, from “those who are wiser.”
Al Gore is one of their front men. He jets here and he jets there, carrying their messages. He’s their delivery kid.
And for his work, he is paid $100 million - a drop in the bucket.
A final note about the “science” of global warming -
A hypothesis is a provisional statement that remains to be confirmed through experiments. Confirmation means making a correct prediction. Not just any prediction, but a useful one.
Take this hypothesis: The Earth has become warmer by X degrees over the past 1000 years.
Putting all the chatter aside, have scientists deployed this hypothesis to make accurate, specific, and useful predictions about warming?
So far, the answer is no.
That eliminates, for the time being, the acceptance of the warming hypothesis. Many predictions have been made, many alarm bells have been rung, many dire warnings have been issued, many threats have been launched…but no correct and useful predictions.
However, scientists will say their (rejected) hypothesis is also a statement of fact. That is, it is a summary of a warming trend derived from thousands of measurements of temperatures, now and in the past, on land, sea, and air.
Scientists will also claim their investigation reveals humans have directly and significantly contributed to a recent warming trend.
At this point, we are leaving the method of hypothesizing and predicting, and moving to a debate about the accuracy of all those temperature measurements and the causes of any actual climate changes.
Among scientists, there is a great deal of disagreement about the accuracy of the measurements. Any fair examination of studies and their critics will reveal that.
In this regard, the science is not settled. Far from it.
So: useless as a hypothesis, the assertion of manmade warming, as fact, is wide open to debate. To say the least.
Yet... based on this non-proof, Globalists want all national governments on the planet to commit to lowering energy production by a significant and destructive percentage in the next 15 years - “to save us from a horrible fate.”
Their real agenda is clear:
“The only solution to climate change is a global energy-management network. We (the Globalist leaders) are in the best position to manage such a system. We will allocate mandated energy-use levels throughout planet Earth, region by region, nation by nation, and eventually, citizen by citizen.”
Yes, citizen by citizen.
This is the long-term goal. This is the Globalists’ Holy Grail. Slavery imposed through energy.
New Zealand Prime Minister John Key Resigns - Warned In Person By United States Secretary Of State John Kerry Of Arrest Status December 6 2016 | From: TheGuardian / Secure
Key says he would vote for his deputy prime minister, Bill English, if he put his name forward for leader, after shock announcement that he is quitting. The Cabal is falling and Key is the latest casualty...
We are witnessing the publicised beginnings of the fall of the Khazarian Nazionist Luciferian Cabal right now
John Key, the New Zealand prime minister and leader of the National party, has resigned in a decision that has taken the country by surprise.
Warning: Brace yourself for the horrific backslapping of Cabal minions... Wake up Rebecca.
Key held a media conference in Wellington at 12.45pm local time, after informing the cabinet of his decision.
His resignation will be effective from 12 December, when National MPs will meet to select a new leader.
Key said he would vote for his deputy prime minister, Bill English, if he put his name forward. English briefly led the party to its worst-ever electoral defeat in the 2002 election, but has since served as a successful finance minister.
Key is widely regarded as one of the most popular prime ministers in New Zealand’s history. He was first elected in 2008, and recently marked his 10-year anniversary as leader of the National party.
He said stepping down was the hardest decision he had ever had to make, but there was “no way” he could have served a full fourth term.
This felt like the right time to go, he told reporters;
“Sometimes you’ve got to make hard decisions to make right decisions,” he said, adding it was an opportunity to refresh the National party’s leadership of the country and hopefully clinch a fourth term.
“I think one of the reasons governments fail at that fourth-term hurdle is leaders don’t want to leave, everyone says ‘I’ve seen this before’. This is the chance to demonstrate newness about us.”
He said he had a “pretty long discussion” about standing for a fourth term with his wife, Bronagh Key.
“I don’t feel comfortable looking down the barrel of the camera and not being honest ... On a family basis, I don’t think I could commit much longer than the next election.”
He denied that Bronagh had given him an ultimatum, but said his leadership had come at a cost to his family.
“It’s been a decade of a lot of long, lonely nights for her and it’s the right time for me to come home.”
His children, Max and Stephie, had suffered an “extraordinary level of intrusion” along with the opportunities that came with being New Zealand’s “first family”.
In the past year, Key has had to answer to questions about his son’s burgeoning career as a DJ and social media personality. Spending more time with his family was a major factor in his decision to stand down, he said.
Key said he believed the mark of a good prime minister was one who left the country “in better shape than they found it”.
“Over time others will judge whether I’ve done that. All I can say is I gave it everything I had. I have left nothing in the tank.”
He said he considered his economic management of the country as a mark of success, even though New Zealand had weathered some crises during his government, including the Canterbury earthquake and the Pike River mining disaster. “Very few countries are in the financial position we’re in.”
But Winston Peters, the leader of the New Zealand First party, said Key had consistently misled the public about the state of the economy, and his resignation showed he was “unable to muddy the waters anymore”.
Key said he would remain in parliament long enough to avoid a byelection, but would step down as an MP before the next election. He said he stood down “hoping and believing New Zealand had been well served by the government I led”.
Comment: Key was warned to get the hell out by John Kerry (on his recent visit when he was also declined access to a secret facility in Antarctica) because the Cabal is going down and Key is fairly well up on the arrest list.
The reason for his placement at #4 is not clear, perhaps because of his bankster history. We are told that in the #1 spot is George Soros, followed by Hillary Clinton in the #2 spot. Interesting times indeed.
He plans to remain in Auckland after leaving politics, and enter the commercial sector.
English, who has Key’s backing to replace him, praised the prime minister’s “intelligence, optimism and integrity” and said he would be “judged by history as one of New Zealand’s greatest leaders”. He said the National caucus would “now consider the implications of the prime minister’s decision”, and that Key “left behind a united team with plenty of talent”.
He told reporters at a press conference that he learned from Key he was considering leaving in September. English had not yet decided whether to stand for leadership, but would not rule it out.
“Ultimately, that is a matter for the caucus ... We’ve put a premium on stability and unity, and I don’t think you should expect to see the kind of public brawling that you see over leadership changes in Opposition.
The country benefits from stable, clear direction and government.”
English pointed out that the caucus had only known about Key’s resignation “for a few hours”.
Say it ain’t so, bro - Australian PM
The leader of the Labour party, Andrew Little, and the Green party co-leader, Metiria Turei, both wished Key well for the future on Twitter.
Australia’s prime minister, Malcolm Turnbull, said he was disappointed to hear from his “very good friend” that he was resigning.
“I sent him one very short message: ‘Say it ain’t so, bro’.”
Turnbull said Key was “one of the most outstanding national leaders in the world today”, whose influence was “out of proportion” to the size of the country.
“New Zealand has never boxed above its weight as much as it has done with John Key as its Prime Minister. He is truly outstanding.”
Turnbull’s “only consolation”, he said, was that Key’s resignation meant he might see more of him.
When Turnbull ousted Tony Abbott in September last year, he singled out Key’s leadership as an inspiration.
Abbott also praised Key’s “fine innings” on Twitter.
Australia’s opposition leader, Bill Shorten, said Key had been “a good friend to Australia” and wished him well.
The New Zealand dollar fell more than a quarter of a cent after the announcement.
Why Your Body Needs Sulfur And How to Get The Amount You Need December 6 2016 | From: ConsciousLifeNews
Sulfur is the third most abundant mineral in your body, based on percentage of total body weight. While close to half of it can be found in your muscles, skin and bones, sulfur plays important roles in hundreds of physiological processes.
Sulfur bonds are required for proteins to maintain their shape, and these bonds determine the biological activity of the proteins.
For example, hair and nails consist of a tough protein called keratin, which is high in sulfur, whereas connective tissue and cartilage contain proteins with flexible sulfur bonds, giving the structure its flexibility.
With age, the flexible tissues in your body tend to lose their elasticity, leading to sagging and wrinkling of skin, stiff muscles and painful joints. A shortage of sulfur likely contributes to these age-related problems.
Sulfur, Cholesterol and Vitamin D Work in Tandem
In 2011, I interviewed Stephanie Seneff, Ph.D., a senior research scientist at MIT, about the influence of sulfur on health and disease. I’ve included that interview above for your convenience.
Sulfur deficiency is quite common - in part due to demineralization of soils - and may be a contributing factor in health problems such as obesity, heart disease, Alzheimer’s and chronic fatigue, just to name a few.
Studies have also noted that sulfur is helpful for conditions such as skin disorders, arthritis and shingles, for example, suggesting sulfur plays an important role in these conditions as well. Importantly, Seneff discusses the connections between cholesterol, sulfur and vitamin D.
She points out that heart disease may actually be related to cholesterol sulfate deficiency, and explains how elevated LDL cholesterol is a sign of this deficiency. In short, high LDL (incorrectly referred to as “bad” cholesterol) is your body’s way of compensating for cholesterol sulfate deficiency.
When LDL is turned into plaque, blood platelets inside the plaque produce cholesterol sulfate, which your heart and brain needs for optimal function. Seneff also explains why lowering LDL with statins can lead to heart failure.
Essentially, by elevating LDL, your body is protecting itself from the harmful effects of cholesterol sulfate deficiency. When you simply remove the LDL, you remove this “backup” mechanism aimed at keeping your heart going strong. As a result, heart failure becomes a distinct possibility.
How Sun Exposure Helps Optimize Cardiovascular Health
That said, high LDL IS correlated with cardiovascular disease, so the question then becomes: How can your body produce cholesterol sulfate without having to create harmful LDL?
Under normal, healthy conditions, your skin synthesizes vitamin D3 sulfate when exposed to sunlight. Vitamin D3 sulfate is water soluble and can travel freely in your blood stream. If you have sufficient amounts of vitamin D3 sulfate in circulation, your body does not need to produce more LDL to create sulfate-producing plaque.
In essence, sensible sun exposure may be an important part of heart and cardiovascular health. Vitamin D3 supplements, on the other hand, are unsulfated. This is a significant drawback, as the unsulfated form needs LDL as a vehicle of transport.
Seneff’s suspicion is that the oral non-sulfated form of vitamin D likely will not provide the same benefits as the vitamin D created in your skin from sun exposure, because it cannot be converted to vitamin D sulfate.
Fibrous, non-leafy vegetables are rich in sulfur. Examples include:
Alliums such as onions, shallots, garlic and leeks
Edible stalks and stems such as celery, fennel and asparagus
Cruciferous vegetables have become well known for their anti-cancer properties, and the organosulfur compound sulforaphane is one of the primary compounds responsible for this effect. As noted by The World’s Healthiest Foods:
“… [S]ulforaphane increases the activity of the liver’s Phase 2 detoxification enzymes. These enzymes … are well known for their ability to clear a wide variety of toxic compounds from the body including not only many carcinogens, but also many reactive oxygen species, a particularly nasty type of free radical.
By jump starting these important detoxification enzymes, compounds in crucifers provide protection against cell mutations, cancer and numerous other harmful effects that would otherwise be caused by these toxins.”
Prepare Your Broccoli Correctly to Optimize Sulfur Content
As described in a previous article, to maximize the cancer-fighting potential of broccoli it’s important to not overcook it. You also don’t want to eat it raw. When you eat raw mature broccoli, you only get about 12 percent of the total sulforaphane content theoretically available based on the parent compound.
Steaming your broccoli spears for three to four minutes will optimize the sulforaphane content by eliminating epithiospecifier protein - a heat-sensitive sulfur-grabbing protein that inactivates sulforaphane - while still retaining the enzyme myrosinase, which converts glucoraphanin to sulforaphane.
Without it, you cannot get any sulforaphane. Avoid boiling or microwaving your broccoli past the one-minute mark, as this will destroy a majority of the myrosinase.
If you want to boil your broccoli, blanch it in boiling water for no more than 20 to 30 seconds, then immerse it in cold water to stop the cooking process. Adding myrosinase-containing food, such as mustard seed, daikon radishes, wasabi or cole slaw to the broccoli can maximize sulforaphane content even further.
Other Sulfur-Rich Foods
Other foods that are high in sulfur include:
Protein-rich animal products such as organic pastured egg yolks, grass-fed beef, organic pastured chicken and wild-caught fish
Dairy products such as milk, cheese and sour cream (ideally from organic grass-fed cows)
Certain fruits: coconut, bananas, pineapple and watermelon
Despite the fact that sulfur is found in many foods, it can still be a challenge to get sufficient amounts from your diet. Again, this is largely a problem stemming from the demineralization of soils in which the food is grown.
Perhaps the best way to ensure sufficient amounts of sulfur from your diet is to cook down bones from organically raised animals into bone broth.
Either drink the broth regularly, or use for soups and stews. The connective tissues are sulfur-rich, and when you slow-cook the bones, you dissolve these nutrients out of the bone and into the water.
Sulfur can also be obtained through supplementation with dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) or methylsulfonylmethane (MSM). DMSO is primarily used in veterinary medicine. In animals, DMSO has been found to support soft tissue health and helps heal soft-tissue injury.
In humans, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has approved DMSO for intravesical use in the treatment of interstitial cystitis. DMSO can also be found in creams and oral supplements but are best avoided. Industrial DMSO is a byproduct of paper making, and may contain impurities.
Great care is required to make sure you’re getting a quality, pharmaceutical grade product, so do not use DMSO without medical supervision. DMSO may also interact with a number of medications. All in all, you’re far better off using MSM, as it’s far safer and doesn’t appear to have any adverse drug interactions.
MSM for Osteoarthritic Knee Pain
MSM’s primary benefits are related to its ability to reduce inflammation. In your body, about 15 percent of DMSO breaks down into MSM, and MSM is 34 percent sulfur by weight. MSM is more than just a simple sulfur donor, however. It also affects sulfur metabolism, but it’s still not entirely clear how.
As a supplement, MSM (which is a metabolite of DMSO) is widely used in the treatment of pain, especially pain associated with arthritic conditions. One clinical trial found that people with osteoarthritis of the knee who took 3 grams for MSM twice a day for 12 weeks experienced significantly decreased pain and improved physical function, compared to a placebo.
Another study found that patients with mild to moderate osteoarthritis benefited from oral glucosamine and MSM, both individually and in combination. Here, the treatment groups received 500 milligrams (mg) of glucosamine and/or 500 mg of MSM three times a day for 12 weeks. According to the authors:
“Glucosamine, MSM and their combination produced an analgesic and anti-inflammatory effect in osteoarthritis. Combination therapy showed better efficacy in reducing pain and swelling and in improving the functional ability of joints than the individual agents.
All the treatments were well tolerated. The onset of analgesic and anti-inflammatory activity was found to be more rapid with the combination than with glucosamine. It can be concluded that the combination of MSM with glucosamine provides better and more rapid improvement in patients with osteoarthritis.”
Toxicity studies have shown that MSM is extremely safe and can be taken at very high doses. Even if you eat plenty of MSM-rich foods, you can still supplement and not hit that toxicity level. Clinical research studies have found the effective amounts range from about 1.5 grams to 6 grams.
That said, potential side effects at higher doses include intestinal discomfort, ankle swelling and skin rashes. These are likely detoxifying effects that can typically be mitigated or minimized by cutting back on the initial dosage and slowly working your way up. To learn more about MSM and its uses, please see my previous article, “MSM Health Benefits May Be Related to Its Sulfur Content .”
The Benefits of Epsom Salts
Epsom salt (magnesium sulfate) is made up of magnesium, sulfur and oxygen. While most of the benefits associated with Epsom salt baths relates to magnesium - such as improved sleep, stress reduction and reduced pain and muscle cramping - its sulfur content is also important for health.
As mentioned earlier, sulfur plays an important role in detoxification, and people who struggle with toxicity will often have a deficiency in the sulfation pathway. As explained in Enzyme Stuff:
“… [M]ost people with autism conditions have a deficiency in a key detoxification pathway. The pathway involves using sulfur in the form of sulfate (known as sulfation). The enzyme involved is phenol sulfur-transferase (PST), but the problem is thought to hinge on an inadequate supply of usable sulfate ions, not the metabolic enzyme itself.
Dr. [Rosemary] Waring found that most children on the autism spectrum are very low in sulfate and may be as low as 15 percent of the amount in neurologically typical people. People with low or no ability to convert compounds to sulfate have problems handling environmental chemicals, some medications, and even some chemicals produced within the body.
They include people with other conditions such as Alzheimer’s disease, Parkinson’s disease, rheumatoid arthritis and chemical sensitivities.
The PST sulfation pathway is necessary for the breakdown and removal of certain toxins in the body. This includes the processing of a type of chemical called a phenol … All foods contain some phenolic compounds. However, some foods have a much higher content than others do. If the sulfation pathway is not functioning well, a person may not be able to process out the phenolic compounds as fast as they consume them.
There is a cumulative effect. When the phenols start backing up in the system, it can cause a myriad of negative reactions. Symptoms of phenol intolerance include night waking, night sweats, irritability, eczema and other skin conditions. The symptoms of phenol intolerance and yeast may be very similar because they both involve the body trying to deal with toxins.”
Toxicity May Cause Sulfur Food Intolerance
It’s quite common for people with mercury toxicity to have poor tolerance for foods high in sulfur. The sulfur mobilizes mercury (and other toxins), thereby causing adverse effects. Other food ingredients, such as food dyes, can exacerbate PST sulfation pathway problems by further suppressing PST enzyme activity.
To address this situation, it’s recommended you:
Go on a low-sulfur diet to reduce the amount of phenols you consume
Reduce the amount of toxins entering your body by eating organic and avoiding household toxins of all kinds
As your toxicity is reduced, you can start adding sulfur-rich foods back into your diet, one at a time. Next, it’s important to enhance your body’s detoxification process by supplying more sulfate.
MSM, or the sulfur-containing amino acids cysteine and taurine can be used, but Epsom salt baths are often preferable here as the sulfur in Epsom salt is readily available to your body without having to be converted.
As a general recommendation, use 1 to 2 cups of Epsom salt to a tub of water. The warmer the water, the more of the salt will be dissolved, and the more your body will be able to absorb, as the heat opens your pores.
If you experience a negative reaction, such as irritability or hyperactivity, decrease the amount used and incrementally increase the amount based on your tolerance. Alternatively, use one part Epsom salt to two parts water for a foot bath. Soak your feet for about 30 minutes.
Sulfur Is Important for Optimal Health
In summary, your body needs sulfur to detoxify, but if you’re excessively toxic, you’ll have to go slow. If your detox pathways are not working properly, adding a lot of sulfur can overload your system with mobilized toxins, making you extremely ill.
You have to first stop the toxic input, and then support your body’s natural detoxification processes. Sulfur is an important part of that. Without it, your body simply cannot mobilize and release toxins.
Sulfur is also important for heart and cardiovascular health, mitochondrial health, insulin function and vitamin conversion. In all, sulfur deficiency may be a hidden factor contributing to the ill health of many.
So, if you or someone you love struggles with any of the conditions mentioned here, including but not limited to high LDL, attention deficit syndromes, autism, obesity, arthritis, Alzheimer’s and chronic fatigue, you may want to take steps to improve your sulfur status, and see if your condition improves.
Introduction / Overview: The ‘Healing Computer’Technology December 5 2016 | From: NeilKeenan
The ‘Healing Computer’ (a new name will be decided upon in due course) can be used to treat any person – with the only exceptions being pregnant women, children under the age of 12 years, people with pacemaker implants, and people with metal body part replacements.
The ‘Healing Computer’ technology optimizes the Human immune system to it’s maximum operational level, in order to deal with any diseases of the body, including mental / psychotic.
In short, this technology will heal anything that the Human immune system can resolve itself – when it is working unhindered and at it’s greatest possible capacity.
The immune system protects the body against disease or other potentially damaging foreign bodies. When functioning properly, the immune system identifies and attacks a variety of threats, including viruses, bacteria and parasites, while distinguishing them from the body’s own healthy tissue. The Human body can heal itself of any disease – however because of factors such as environmental toxins most people’s immune systems are compromised, which leads to disease.
When used regularly, this technology maintains the body’s immune system at such a high level that any and all detrimental intrusions (chemicals, toxins, pollutants, and other stressors) will be repelled, and the body will be cleared and cleansed by way of it’s own natural processes.
The process begins with a scan which takes three minutes
The main concept of this technology is not to fight against disease but to boost the immune system in order to most effectively fight against disease.
By enabling the Human immune system to operate at it’s optimal level, the body naturally repels all detrimental matter including parasites, fungus, worms and literally anything and everything that does not belong in the Human body.
The ‘Healing Computer’ works with Biofeedback and millions of frequencies and is not comparable to other healing machines currently available, especially those that use only 1,000 – 2,000 frequencies.
There is currently no definitive list of treatable ailments, but in principle this system will treat any disease, because the immune system is capable of healing any ailment when it is operating at it’s highest potential.
Clinical study material will be available at the time that translations into English are completed. Foreign language versions are not available at this time.
The core operating principle of this technology is to find any weakness in the immune system (usually caused by illness / fungus / worms / parasites / toxins) and to enable the optimization of the immune system / metabolism to fight against any detrimental intrusions.
Chakra analysis is part of the process
This technology will search out and find existing problems within the Human body almost immediately. No blood tests are required.
Immediate findings are made within 2-3 minutes, a diagnostic reading is given and then the healing process begins; the duration of which is approximately 18-20 minutes per session.
The number of sessions required is entirely dependent on the ailments discovered and the system will advise as to the number of sessions required along with their duration. Records are kept within the system regarding patients in order to track progress.
The first treatment clinic will be opening in Europe in 2017. Treatment costs will be calculated by the length of time required, i.e. how long the initial session takes and the subsequent sessions required to restore the immune system to it’s highest operational level.
Aura analysis is part of the process
Further clinic details are not available at this time but will be available closer to the time of opening.
We cannot emphasize strongly enough that there is no other healing system in existence that is comparable to this technology in terms of strength or effectiveness.
Source: System Co-Developer
One of the first people to take advantage of the limited offer of private sales of the ‘Healing Computer’ was an elderly lady who was in late stage suffering of Pancreatic cancer – she had been told she was about to die.
Six days after beginning treatment on the ‘Healing Computer’ this patient was tested and pronounced to be free of all cancerous tumors and brain metastasis by her Doctor. The Doctor was stunned and declared this healing technology to be “Futuristic”.
Another recipient of ‘Healing Computer’ treatment had Lupus, and that person was cleared of Lupus after one month of treatments.
The system builds a frequency treatment based upon the scan
Other people have presented with influenza and the common cold and have been immediately treated; reinstated to being completely well again in just one treatment session.
The establishment claims there is no cure for the common cold, that there is no cure for Lupus, and that there is no cure for Cancer – and yet we appear to have all three of them successfully addressed here.
Additionally, in Brazil an AIDS-specific treatment program using the ‘Healing Computers’ has seen complete recovery for patients with AIDS within one month. These machines are being used quietly to effectively treat the AIDS epidemic in Brazil.
It is important to acknowledge that every person is unique in the responses of their body, and the time taken for complete recovery from any disease is going to vary depending on how quickly their body is able to respond to the treatment.
Neil receives numerous messages asking why he and Group K do not just ‘get up and go’; return to Indonesia, travel through the jungles and clear out the bunkers.
It doesn’t work like that.
It takes a ton of money, he has spent a ton of money to date – and what is required now is not Neil just jumping on a plane and marching off into oblivion all on his lonesome.
The situation is extremely serious now and Neil & Co. cannot return to Indonesia without sufficient funding for security and an array of other necessary items in order to complete that final stage safely and securely.
The ‘Healing Computer’ has saved Neil's life. The results with his feet would be better if Neil had his own machine and he could have a proper treatment run every three days, rather than chipping away at it on intermittent trips to Germany.
And so the armchair critics who have never made an ounce of effort toward this mission can shut the hell up. Neil will ‘get up and go’ when he is ready and able to and if anyone has an issue with that in the interim, then they can put their money where their mouth is or sit down and shut up in the cheap seats.
It should be noted that the briefing document on the following link was requested by Donald Trump and the matters within are on the agenda of a scheduled meeting to be held soon:
Just remember, Group K is only a small team that has done more than entire Nations have dared.
A limited number of ‘Healing Computers’ will be available for private sale up until the first clinics begin to open. The only reason that a limited number of ‘Healing Computers’ have been made available is because Neil has been close friends with the developers for some years now.
Treatment results are tracked over time and stored within the system
Please direct all enquiries regarding the opportunity to purchase one of these systems, and expressions of interest in visiting a clinic for treatment to:
Please note that there is currently no other website with further information about this technology, nor are any contact details for the first clinic available at this time. Updates will be issued by way of this website in due course.
Videos of a Healing Computer in operation may be seen in the following articles:
A PDF version of the ‘Healing Computer’ Introduction may be downloaded here.
The 'Smart' Meter Itself Is The “Hazardous Condition” + Studies On Radiation From Smart Meters Show That Electromagnetic Frequencies Disrupt And Damage The Nervous System December 5 2016 | From: MichiganStopSmartMeters / NaturalNews
In the following article, originally written by Electrical Engineer William Bathgate, as a public comment to the Michigan Public Service Commission, Mr. Bathgate considers safety issues with the new electric meters as related to our current discussion of a proposed rule change concerning emergency shutoffs for “hazardous conditions.”
Revisions to this article are indicated in blue and consist mainly in the addition of a section dealing with the lack of lightning arrestors in the AMI meters. Case No. U-18120 Proposed Rule 460.137 — 37(1)(a) & 37(1)(i) A utility may shut off or deny service to a customer “without notice, if a condition on the customer’s premises is determined by the utility or a governmental agency to be hazardous.”
I hold an electrical engineering and mechanical engineering degree and previously was employed through late 2015 for 8 years at the Emerson Electric Company.
While at Emerson Electric I was the Senior Program Manager for Power Distribution Systems and in charge of an RF and IP based digitally controlled high power AC power switching system product line in use in over 100 countries and I was also directly responsible for product certifications such as UL, CE and many other countries electrical certification bodies.
I am very familiar with the electrical and electronic design of the AMI meters in use because I was responsible for very similar products with over 1 Million units installed across the world.
I have just reviewed the transcripts of the hearing held in Lansing on this subject and came to realize there were many comments regarding the issues identified from the effects of both the RF emitting AMI meter and the non RF emitting AMI Opt-Out Meter.
I have personally tested the RF emissions from the AMI meter and measured that the meter does not send data just a few times a day as the utilities publish.
It actually sends an RF pulse about every 4-5 seconds constantly and a longer duration RF emission after midnight running about 3-5 minutes.
There is no need for the AMI meter to send a pulse every 4-5 seconds all day just to synchronize and time stamp the clock inside the meter, the meter only needs to send data once a day for 3-5 minutes.
All these pulse transmissions the AMI meter is doing is a complete waste of energy and because it is a short but frequently pulsing signal that is not needed to measure power consumption, it is creating needless health effects and is impacting consumers as evidenced in the testimony.
Some consumers have been affected to the point of near death experiences. The Mesh Network design is saturating the environment with RF transmissions mostly for the purpose of the network synchronization not the consumption measurement of power. I could not think of a worse network design for a power measurement device.
Analog Meters contained no electronic circuit boards and while not 100% immune from the effects of a lightning strike, they are much more tolerant than the AMI meter.
The MPSC has been asked to grant the Utilities the ability to turn off power to people and businesses without notice for “Dangerous or Hazardous” conditions.
Based on my professional examination of the metering technology deployed with AMI meters, the meters themselves are “Dangerous or Hazardous” due to their Lightning vulnerabilities, EMI and RF emissions.
There has been a disregard for the health and safety effects of these AMI meters on the general population by the utilities and their AMI supplier. So by their own lack of definition of “Dangerous or Hazardous” all AMI meters deployed at present need to be subject to shut off of service without notice due to “Dangerous or Hazardous” conditions.
The current AMI meters are not safe, as evidenced of the dramatic testimony of residents that are suffering terribly and the engineering analysis such as I and many others in this field have performed.
Studies On Radiation From Smart Meters Show That Electromagnetic Frequencies Disrupt And Damage The Nervous System
For some years now, health and technology experts have warned that smart meters being installed at homes all over the country may be emitting hazardous electronic waves that can damage the nervous system.
Now, as reported byNatural Blaze, a demonstration in a newly released video is groundbreaking in its portrayal of just how smart meters are harming us.
Many people know that these smart meters communicate with power companies via microwave signals. What has was not known – until now – is that additional frequencies from these meters are also transmitted in the 2 to 50 kilohertz range.
Several studies have shown that those same frequency ranges are disruptive to the human nervous system. Some studies refer to it as "nerve block" in describing what takes place.
Natural Blaze further noted that these are not controversial studies, meaning there are no studies that show a different result. Nerve block that is induced by frequencies in the 2 to 50 kHz range are a well-established fact. What's more, these studies come from reputable sources, as well as the standard for electricity, the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers.
The Evidence is Clear: Smart Meters Emit Harmful Energy Frequencies
As noted in the video, the meters emit radiation via the high frequencies. The video, which was produced by Warren Woodward at his home, compared a standard analog energy meter to smart meters, which showed a major difference in "the waveform."
"It's very disturbing," Woodward said.
Using equipment to measure electrical waveforms, Woodward and an assistant used an oscillator to measure waveforms emitting first from the analog meter, and then from the smart meter. The signal differences were significant - enough to wake someone at night, said Woodward's assistant, Paul.
As we previously reported, smart meters have been increasingly tied to a wave of mysterious conditions and illnesses.
The EMF Safety Network, in particular, has documented complaints including sleep problems, stress, agitation, irritability, headaches, memory and concentration problems, fatigue, disorientation, nausea, leg cramps and even cardiac symptoms. Click the link above to see the full list of documented problems.
We noted that Cancer.org says smart meters "talk" to their central control systems using RF transmissions, based on cell phone, pager, satellite, radio, power line, WiFi or Internet-communications methods. "Internet and cell phone applications have become the preferred options because of their flexibility and ease of deployment," the organization noted.
Power Companies Will Not be Motivated on Their Own to Stop Installing Smart Meters
As Woodward noted, several studies have found that the frequencies being emitted by the smart meters are in fact causing harm. That means "people injured by smart meters are not hypochondriacs," Woodward noted in the video.
He added that because of what his experiment has shown, it could be that people injured by the meters have legitimate court cases against power companies that use them, via personal injury lawsuits.
"This is real. You saw it on the oscilloscope," he continued, adding that he encouraged power companies and other scientists to conduct their own research on this issue.
He also said that state utility regulators and public health agencies should now be spurred on to do their jobs, which used to always include protecting the public by promoting public health and safety when it comes to smart meters. And finally, he noted, the U.S. Department of Energy;
“Will have to bring an immediate halt to the promotion and subsidization of the wireless 'smart' grid," because of the harm it is causing humans.
It's not likely that power companies will move on their own, so it will take legal action on the part of those who are injured to get them motivated enough to do the right thing. Most Americans are in favor of modernizing our power grid and making it more efficient, but not at the expense of our health.
If You Question The Establishment You Are Guilty Of Espionage, Says Corporate Media - Because Russia + The “Fake News” Furor And The Threat Of Internet Censorship December 4 2016 | From: ActivistPost / GlobalResearch
Mainstream, corporate media has launched a dangerous and slanderous campaign to label any news outlet not spewing accepted governmental narrative as professional Russian propagandists - and those unaware they’d apparently been duped by Russia, “useful idiots.”
Ordinarily, the complete dearth of proof this claim has even a shred of truth would cause a reflexive eye roll — but in this case, the American exceptionalist machine behind the supposed analysis calls for FBI and Department of Justice to investigate possible violations of Espionage Act.
Conflating legitimate journalism with espionage because it refutes a narrative acceptable to the establishment is categorically ludicrous.
This irresponsible, criminal violation of ethics devoid of any journalistic integrity came from the Washington Post, which ‘reported’ two “teams of independent researchers” discovered ‘The Russians’ were behind ‘fake news’ articles to help Donald Trump win the election and ‘undermine faith in American democracy.’
It could be said ‘you can’t make this up’ - but apparently that’s exactly what these so-called ‘expert’ researchers did.
“The flood of ‘fake news’ this election season got support from a sophisticated Russian propaganda campaign that created and spread misleading articles online with the goal of punishing Democrat Hillary Clinton, helping Republican Donald Trump and undermining faith in American democracy, say independent researchers who tracked the operation,” the Post declared in its lede.
Russia’s increasingly sophisticated propaganda machinery - including thousands of botnets, teams of paid human ‘trolls,’ and networks of websites and social-media accounts - echoed and amplified right-wing sites across the Internet as they portrayed Clinton as a criminal hiding potentially fatal health problems and preparing to hand control of the nation to a shadowy cabal of global financiers.
Who would have thunk such a thing?
The effort also sought to heighten the appearance of international tensions and promote fear of looming hostilities with nuclear-armed Russia.
However, as has been the highly-suspect tendency thus far in the corporate media’s war on ostensible disinformation, literally no evidence accompanied the Post’s report - nor the analyses provided by these two putatively independent research groups - making the article a prime example of libel.
In fact, the credibility of this reporting is so wet tissue paper-flimsy, even the mainstream outlet Fortune refuted the contents in an article appropriately titled, “No, Russian Agents Are Not Behind Every Piece of Fake News You See,” because “the case starts to come apart at the seams the more you look at it.”
Fortune notes one of the two research groups, the Foreign Policy Institute, is:
“A conservative think tank funded and staffed by proponents of the Cold War between the U.S. and Russia, which says it has been researching Russian propaganda since 2014.”
PropOrNot, the other group publishing the exhaustive list of even award-winning sites, “tweets and retweets anti-Russian sentiments from a variety of sources, has only existed since August of this year,” according to Fortune. “And an article announcing the launch of the group on its website is dated last month.”
None of the supposedly multiple people responsible for the fledgling PropOrNot website are named, even by the Post.
Its executive director, whom the Post quoted “on the condition of anonymity to avoid being targeted by Russia’s legions of skilled hackers”- a laughable excuse worthy of its own tinfoil hat - claims;
“The way that this propaganda apparatus supported Trump was equivalent to some massive amount of a media buy. It was like Russia was running a super PAC for Trump’s campaign... It worked.”
Once again, the ‘Russia did it’ narrative belies the underlying establishment frustration and inability to come to terms with the loss of democratic election - a loss alternative, independent media undoubtedly assisted, but not for the tiresome reasons corporate outlets repeat ad infinitum.
Hillary Clinton did not lose the 2016 presidential election because some shady, Russian-government crafted cabal of non-mainstream outlets plotted her downfall for the benefit of Donald Trump. Indeed, most of the outlets listed - including The Free Thought Project - castigated both Clinton and Trump when pertinent information became available.
No, Hillary Clinton lost because - even faced with as contentious a character as megalomaniacal Trump - the American populace has grown too weary of Washington politics-as-usual, foreign policy-as-usual, and corruption-as-usual.
Independent media did a phenomenal job reporting on revelations published by WikiLeaks, and equally stellar slaying of U.S. government propaganda reported as legitimate news by irresponsible corporate media presstitutes, who some time ago abandoned journalism for establishment acceptance.
Pointing fingers will never make this any less true - and, in actuality, only deepens the shameful dereliction of journalistic duty.
To wit, the Post’s regurgitating this thinly veneered anti-Russian agenda as fact, when literally no investigation was undertaken - no one contacted the outlets on this list to offer their side, for example - is precisely the sort of ‘fake news’ the establishment insists it needs to fight.
“There’s also little data available on the PropOrNot report, which describes a network of 200 sites who it says are ‘routine peddlers of Russian propaganda,’ which have what it calls a ‘combined audience of 15 million Americans.’ How is that audience measured?
We don’t know. Stories promoted by this network were shared 213 million times, it says. How do we know this? That’s unclear."
Once again, we have literally unverifiable ‘information’ coughed up by unknown entities, who employed unknown methods to produce a blacklist of media sites - which incidentally includes a disparate mishmash from Ron Paul and Chris Hedges, to the Drudge Report and Lew Rockwell - that the public should deem verboten because they said so. That, and because Russia.
Yes, the WashPost is saying: some people who we won’t identify, using methodologies we won’t describe, created This Important Blacklist!
Again, though it’s difficult not to laugh at this altogether ironic travesty, the peril lies in these unknown entities at PropOrNot suggesting these outlets and the journalists behind them “have violated the Espionage Act, the Foreign Agent Registration Act, and other related laws, but determining that is up to the FBI and the DOJ.”
Just two paragraphs prior, PropOrNot paradoxically claims it “fiercely believe in the rights to freedom of expression and freedom of the press, and have no interest in seeing anyone punished for exercising them.”
Although PropOrNot flatly claims its questionably researched and flagrantly unvetted list shouldn’t be considered McCarthyistic, well, it is.
“So in other words, any and every one who is anything but a liberal drone is now a Russian plant?”Zero Hedge, which also landed a spot on the Everyone the Establishment Dislikes Is a Russian Agent list, asked rhetorically. “McCarthy would be proud.”
The “Fake News” Furor And The Threat Of Internet Censorship
In the weeks since the November 8 election, US media reports on the spread of so-called “fake news” during the presidential campaign have increasingly repeated unsubstantiated pre-election claims that the Russian government hacked into Democratic Party email servers to undermine the campaign of Hillary Clinton.
There is more than a whiff of McCarthyism in this crusade against “fake news” on social media and the Internet, with online publications critical of US wars of aggression and other criminal activities being branded as Russian propaganda outlets.
A case in point is an article published in the November 24 edition of the Washington Post headlined “Russian propaganda effort helped spread ‘fake news’ during election, experts say.”
The article includes assertions that Russian “botnets, teams of paid human ‘trolls,’ and networks of web sites and social media accounts” were used to promote sites across the Internet;
"As they portrayed Clinton as a criminal hiding potentially fatal health problems and preparing to hand control of the nation to a shadowy cabal of global financiers.”
Comment: Well they may not have been Russian bot-nets but they sure as hell were real people who have woken up to the reality of that the psychopathic luciferial control-freak establishment wanted...
According to the Post, the exposure of Russian involvement in the spread of fake election news is based on the work of a team of “independent researchers” and another anonymous group calling itself PropOrNot, which has expertise in “computer science, national security and public policy.”
Oh for the love of Christ who do they think believes this hore shit anymore?
Although no one from the PropOrNot organization is mentioned by name, the Post quotes the executive director of this group anonymously. The organization has gone so far as to publish a list of 200 web sites - including WikiLeaks, the ultra-right Drudge Report and the left-liberal Truthout - that are deemed “routine peddlers of Russian propaganda.”
It should be obvious that the Post report is itself an example of the state-sponsored pseudo-news that is increasingly dispensed by the corporate-controlled media to promote the geopolitical and military aims of American imperialism.
The New York Times has published similar articles, including one authored by David E. Sanger and posted on the Times web site on November 25 under the headline “US Officials Defend Integrity of Vote, Despite Hacking Fears.”
Sanger, the chief Washington correspondent of the Times, is a regular sounding board for the military/intelligence establishment, to which he is closely “plugged in.” He writes that:
“Intelligence officials are still investigating the impact of a broader Russian ‘information warfare’ campaign, in which fake news about Mrs. Clinton, and about United States-Russia relations, appeared intended to influence voters.”
He adds, “Many of those false reports originated from RT News and Sputnik, two state-funded Russian sites.”
The readers of this and virtually all other articles on the topic of Russia’s role in “fake news” will search in vain for a single piece of evidence to substantiate the claims made.
Instead, the views and opinions of “experts,” usually unnamed, are cited and treated as indisputable fact - much in the manner of Joe McCarthy and similar witch-hunters.
The editors and writers who produce these articles seem not even to notice that their publications have been caught in one colossal lie after another - from the claims of Iraqi “weapons of mass destruction” used to justify the illegal invasion and occupation of Iraq in 2003 to the more recent flood of government propaganda in support of neo-colonial wars in Libya and Syria and drone killings in a growing number of countries - all justified in the name of “human rights” and the “war on terror.”
There are no institutions anywhere in the world more adept at producing “fake news” than the American corporate-controlled media.
These same media outlets further discredited themselves by overtly slanting their “news” coverage of the election campaign in favor of their preferred candidate, Hillary Clinton, and predicting that she would secure a decisive victory.
Blindsided by the support for Trump among disaffected and angry lower-income people and taken unawares by the electoral collapse of the Democrats, the corporate media are responding to the growth of popular distrust by seeking to discredit alternative news sources.
This is not to deny the spread of false information and propaganda masquerading as news on the Internet.
Fabricated news stories and hoaxes have been circulating online since the World Wide Web began in the 1990s, but there was a significant increase in “fake” political sites and content during the US elections.
Stories that stretched the truth or were entirely made up typically started on mock news web sites and were then amplified by social media sharing.
Other false reports originated on platforms such as Facebook and Twitter and spread rapidly with the “like,” “share” and “comment” features of social media.
An analysis published by Buzzfeed on November 16 showed that false political news stories in the final three months of the election campaign, such as a report that the Pope had endorsed Trump for president, generated more engagement on Facebook than the combined top stories of nineteen major US news organizations.
The Buzzfeed study noted the “hyperpartisan right-wing” nature of the top fabricated news items, as well as the spike in the number of visitors to these sites during the final election months.
Another key aspect of online “fake news” has been the growth of its scope internationally. The Guardian reported in August, for example, that a group of teenagers and college students from Veles, Macedonia set up dozens of political web site façades to both influence and cash in on the Trump candidacy.
The Guardian report also pointed out that, although the pro-Trump sham news sites were more popular, both offshore and domestic web sites became very popular and generated income for their publishers whether they were peddling phony “conservative” or “liberal” misinformation.
That being said, the campaign in the corporate media against “fake news” on the Internet, including calls for social media outlets such as Google and Facebook to vet the material that appears on their sites, is a reactionary attack on freedom of the press.
It has already elicited positive responses from major Internet sites.
Both Google and Facebook have published statements acknowledging that they are working on systems that will use third-party “fact-checking” of news content published on their services.
In the case of Facebook, this initiative - reminiscent of Orwell’s Thought Police - will be reinforced by barring accounts identified as “fake news” sources from using online advertising tools.
Pressure to shut down or muzzle “fake news” sites and social media accounts are emanating from the offices of corporate media organizations concerned about the loss of their influence over the public. Any moves to censor Internet content must be opposed as an attack on democratic rights.
The measures being prepared today against “fake news” web sites and social media publishers will be perfected and used tomorrow against the working class and the socialist media - the World Socialist Web Site - that articulates and fights for its independent interests.
Could This Healthy 23 Year Old’s Cardiac Arrest Have Been Caused by Exposure To 1080? + The Stock Deaths From 1080 Poison & How DOC Is Hiding Them In The Paper Work December 4 2016 | From: EnviroWatchRangitikei
We will never know because the NZ laboratoy lost her heart!
This story crossed my path recently on Facebook. It is apparently an old one, coming as it does from 2006. It is nevertheless a shocking story in more ways than one.
Shocking and sad for the family of this young woman, Whitney Robie was only 23. She had been hiking in the South Island, felt unwell, and after retiring to bed, died in her sleep of a sudden cardiac arrest it was later ascertained. Now they are left with few answers and no real closure regarding the why of her death. Read on.
She had come here to our ‘clean green’ paradise to live. Sadly she died here.
NZ is not clean and green people, it is severely polluted and toxic now -and worse, our authorities lie about that
Sudden accidental deaths (SADs) do happen however this story has some anomalies which could have but have not been solved due to a medical blunder. It is thanks to a GP who followed up on Whitney & questioned friends at the hostel where she was staying, that we have a little more of this story than we would otherwise have known.
Losing a heart for one thing is a shocker in itself. In a random and ordinary course of events such a mistake is feasible. But with a sudden unexplained death of a very healthy, active young woman … how could this possibly happen? When the clues to her death clearly lay within an analysis of her heart’s condition, how could they simply LOSE her heart? Well lose it they did. Or so they say.
The official story about this loss can be found at the following link:
A journalist who has been following this story for some time and says it has been shared more than 150 times now, has re posted it on Facebook with the attendant detail from when it first became news… here is the train of events as described by her (edited for brevity & omission of personal detail):
“Regarding Whitney Robie, she went hiking on her own in a 1080’d area (I believe it was gel/jelly) and felt unwell that evening, said so, went to bed and had a cardiac arrest in the night.
She was 23. From the USA, her obituary described how she was full of life, fit, loved the outdoors and had moved to NZ for an adventure.
She had no previous history of heart problems.
The Doctor concerned said he had gone to the hostel and spoken to the other guests straight after she died. Later when he heard her death had been recorded as a heart attack, he advised and pressed the authorities to run tests relating to possible 1080 exposure.
He was told however that the matter was now ‘officially closed’.
Her heart was sent for post mortem and was lost by the govt laboratory. This Dunedin GP was so concerned that he made a submission to ERMA in 2007 that included this account.
It was his opinion that the most probable cause of her death was 1080 poisoning, and that many others in NZ over the years have also died from it but that their deaths are either mistakenly or deliberately misdiagnosed.”
A letter to the editor in 2006 commenting on the actions of the Doctor involved gives further information about the unexplained early deaths of people working with 1080."
4.8.2. Heart as a target organ That single or repeated sublethal exposures to fluoroacetate can have toxic effects on the heart has been recognised for some time (e.g. Steyn 1934; Quin and Clark 1947; Hicks 1952).
In general, the action of fluoroacetate on the heart is to decrease the metabolic energy available in heart muscle, which affects the conduction system controlling the rate and strength of heart beats (e.g. Chenoweth and Gilman 1947)
Found on page 11 of the pdf
St Johns put out their Sudden Cardiac Arrest Annual Report in June and it shows the figures for rural as opposed to urban. The rates are far far higher in rural areas.
Rural New Zealanders had more than double the incidence of cardiac arrest than those in urban centres – approximately 160 versus 78 (per 100,000 person-years).
1080 is effective as a poison regardless of the mode of entry. It can be absorbed by the intact skin, but not readily, however it is easily absorbed through cuts, abrasions, and is rapidly absorbed through the gastrointestinal tract and through the lungs. One teaspoon of 1080 is enough to kill 30-100 adults weighing around 150 pounds. The potential for misuse is great
The main point is that although these deaths may or may not be attributed to 1080, more importantly, if nobody looks and checks then we are left with this element of doubt.
Absence of evidence is not evidence of absence.
Plausible deniability is not good enough.
There are questions that are not being answered or even addressed.
It recently came to light from an Official Information request that DOC had lost 89 Kiwi , and yet they had not tested one of them for 1080. Doing so is not rocket science.
A blogger, NZRose commented here recently:
My partner and I spoke to the poison people late last year. They are contracted to lay everything from cyanide to feratox to take care of the ‘pests’ on behalf of the NZ Government.
I will never forget them laughing as they said that the 1080 had been doubled more than a year prior to our conversation. When we asked why they said “to Kill the deer, and the activists aren’t even aware yet”.
We responded with “Well now they are”. These people were too stupid to realise they were talking to the wrong people. (See the whole comment here)
Proceed with Caution
And in the meantime, this is all evidence enough for us to be extremely wary of exposing ourselves in any way to 1080. It is clearly a lethal product and by all reports right now, is being spread around quite indiscriminately. Finding it on walking tracks, in streams and on public seating and anywhere near where humans are likely to be, is simply not good enough.
Families with young children walk these tracks. If you intend hiking in our bush, please avail yourself of data about when 1080 was last spread in the area where you intend walking.
You can obtain this from DOC. We recently heard of two women who were surprised during a picnic by a 1080 drop who continue to experience illness, they believe, because of that unintended exposure. Clearly they were not aware of any intentions by DOC to be dropping 1080 where they picnicked that day.